Update mbedtls dependency to 3.2.1

This commit is contained in:
Adam Honse
2025-02-16 09:30:29 +00:00
parent ce2dc2a042
commit 1809c752ae
1409 changed files with 13899 additions and 382767 deletions

View File

@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ win32:INCLUDEPATH +=
dependencies/hidapi-win/include \
dependencies/winring0/include \
dependencies/libusb-1.0.27/include \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/include \
dependencies/mbedtls-3.2.1/include \
dependencies/NVFC \
wmi/ \
@@ -334,102 +334,6 @@ win32:SOURCES += $$CONTROLLER_CPP_WINDOWS
win32:SOURCES += \
dependencies/hueplusplus-1.2.0/src/WinHttpHandler.cpp \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/aes.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/aesni.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/arc4.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/aria.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/asn1parse.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/asn1write.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/base64.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/bignum.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/blowfish.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/camellia.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ccm.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/certs.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/chacha20.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/chachapoly.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/cipher.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/cipher_wrap.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/cmac.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/constant_time.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ctr_drbg.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/debug.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/des.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/dhm.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ecdh.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ecdsa.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ecjpake.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ecp.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ecp_curves.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/entropy.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/entropy_poll.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/error.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/gcm.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/havege.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/hkdf.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/hmac_drbg.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/md2.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/md4.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/md5.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/md.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/memory_buffer_alloc.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/mps_reader.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/mps_trace.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/net_sockets.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/nist_kw.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/oid.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/padlock.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/pem.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/pk.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/pkcs11.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/pkcs12.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/pkcs5.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/pkparse.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/pk_wrap.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/pkwrite.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/platform.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/platform_util.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/poly1305.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/psa_crypto_aead.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/psa_crypto.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/psa_crypto_cipher.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/psa_crypto_client.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/psa_crypto_ecp.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/psa_crypto_hash.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/psa_crypto_mac.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/psa_crypto_rsa.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/psa_crypto_se.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/psa_crypto_slot_management.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/psa_crypto_storage.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/psa_its_file.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ripemd160.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/rsa.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/rsa_internal.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/sha1.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/sha256.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/sha512.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ssl_cache.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ssl_ciphersuites.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ssl_cli.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ssl_cookie.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ssl_msg.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ssl_srv.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ssl_ticket.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ssl_tls13_keys.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/ssl_tls.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/threading.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/timing.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/version.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/version_features.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/x509.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/x509_create.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/x509_crl.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/x509_crt.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/x509_csr.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/x509write_crt.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/x509write_csr.c \
dependencies/mbedtls-2.28.8/library/xtea.c \
dependencies/NVFC/nvapi.cpp \
i2c_smbus/i2c_smbus_amdadl.cpp \
i2c_smbus/i2c_smbus_i801.cpp \
@@ -465,6 +369,7 @@ win32:contains(QMAKE_TARGET.arch, x86_64) {
-L"$$PWD/dependencies/winring0/x64/" -lWinRing0x64 \
-L"$$PWD/dependencies/libusb-1.0.27/VS2019/MS64/dll" -llibusb-1.0 \
-L"$$PWD/dependencies/hidapi-win/x64/" -lhidapi \
-L"$$PWD/dependencies/mbedtls-3.2.1/lib/x64/" -lmbedcrypto -lmbedtls -lmbedx509 \
}
win32:contains(QMAKE_TARGET.arch, x86) {
@@ -474,6 +379,7 @@ win32:contains(QMAKE_TARGET.arch, x86) {
-L"$$PWD/dependencies/winring0/Win32/" -lWinRing0 \
-L"$$PWD/dependencies/libusb-1.0.27/VS2019/MS32/dll" -llibusb-1.0 \
-L"$$PWD/dependencies/hidapi-win/x86/" -lhidapi \
-L"$$PWD/dependencies/mbedtls-3.2.1/lib/x86/" -lmbedcrypto -lmbedtls -lmbedx509 \
}
win32:DEFINES -= \
@@ -557,10 +463,10 @@ contains(QMAKE_PLATFORM, linux) {
INCLUDEPATH += \
dependencies/NVFC \
/usr/include/mbedtls2/ \
/usr/include/mbedtls/ \
LIBS += \
-L/usr/lib/mbedtls2/ \
-L/usr/lib/mbedtls/ \
-lmbedx509 \
-lmbedtls \
-lmbedcrypto \
@@ -803,8 +709,8 @@ macx {
SOURCES += $$CONTROLLER_CPP_MACOS
# Use mbedtls v2 instead of latest
MBEDTLS_PREFIX = $$system(brew --prefix mbedtls@2)
# Use mbedtls
MBEDTLS_PREFIX = $$system(brew --prefix mbedtls)
INCLUDEPATH += \
$$MBEDTLS_PREFIX/include \

View File

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
# Classify all '.function' files as C for syntax highlighting purposes
*.function linguist-language=C

View File

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
_Note:_ this is a template, please remove the parts that are not
applicable (these initial notes, and the "Bug" section for a Feature request
and vice-versa).
**Note:** to report a security vulnerability, see
[SECURITY.md](../SECURITY.md). Please do not use github issues for
vulnerabilities.
_Note:_ to get support, see [SUPPORT.md](../SUPPORT.md). Please do not use
github issues for questions.
---------------------------------------------------------------
### Description
- Type: Bug | Enhancement / Feature Request
- Priority: Blocker | Major | Minor
---------------------------------------------------------------
## Bug
**OS**
Mbed OS|linux|windows|
**Mbed TLS build:**
Version: x.x.x or git commit id
OS version: x.x.x
Configuration: please attach config.h file where possible
Compiler and options (if you used a pre-built binary, please indicate how you obtained it):
Additional environment information:
**Peer device TLS stack and version**
OpenSSL|GnuTls|Chrome|NSS(Firefox)|SecureChannel (IIS/Internet Explorer/Edge)|Other
Version:
**Expected behavior**
**Actual behavior**
**Steps to reproduce**
----------------------------------------------------------------
## Enhancement / Feature Request
**Suggested enhancement**
**Justification - why does the library need this feature?**

View File

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
## Description
Please write a few sentences describing the overall goals of the pull request's commits.
## Gatekeeper checklist
- [ ] **changelog** provided, or not required
- [ ] **backport** done, or not required
- [ ] **tests** provided, or not required
## Notes for the submitter
Please refer to the [contributing guidelines](../CONTRIBUTING.md), especially the
checklist for PR contributors.

View File

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
# Random seed file created by test scripts and sample programs
seedfile
# MBEDTLS_PSA_INJECT_ENTROPY seed file created by the test framework
00000000ffffff52.psa_its
# CMake build artifacts:
CMakeCache.txt
CMakeFiles
CTestTestfile.cmake
cmake_install.cmake
Testing
# CMake generates *.dir/ folders for in-tree builds (used by MSVC projects), ignore all of those:
*.dir/
# MSVC files generated by CMake:
/*.sln
/*.vcxproj
/*.filters
# Test coverage build artifacts:
Coverage
*.gcno
*.gcda
coverage-summary.txt
# generated by scripts/memory.sh
massif-*
# Eclipse project files
.cproject
.project
/.settings
# Unix-like build artifacts:
*.o
# MSVC build artifacts:
*.exe
*.pdb
*.ilk
*.lib
# Python build artifacts:
*.pyc
# CMake generates *.dir/ folders for in-tree builds (used by MSVC projects), ignore all of those:
*.dir/
# Microsoft CMake extension for Visual Studio Code generates a build directory by default
/build/
# Visual Studio artifacts
/visualc/VS2010/.localhistory/
/visualc/VS2010/.vs/
/visualc/VS2010/Debug/
/visualc/VS2010/Release/
/visualc/VS2010/*.vcxproj.filters
/visualc/VS2010/*.vcxproj.user
# Generated documentation:
/apidoc
# PSA Crypto compliance test repo, cloned by test_psa_compliance.py
/psa-arch-tests
# Editor navigation files:
/GPATH
/GRTAGS
/GSYMS
/GTAGS
/TAGS
/cscope*.out
/tags
# Clangd compilation database
compile_commands.json

View File

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
default:\
:langmap=c\:.c.h.function:\

View File

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
[mypy]
mypy_path = scripts
namespace_packages = True
warn_unused_configs = True

View File

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
[MASTER]
init-hook='import sys; sys.path.append("scripts")'
[BASIC]
# We're ok with short funtion argument names.
# [invalid-name]
argument-rgx=[a-z_][a-z0-9_]*$
# Allow filter and map.
# [bad-builtin]
bad-functions=input
# We prefer docstrings, but we don't require them on all functions.
# Require them only on long functions (for some value of long).
# [missing-docstring]
docstring-min-length=10
# No upper limit on method names. Pylint <2.1.0 has an upper limit of 30.
# [invalid-name]
method-rgx=[a-z_][a-z0-9_]{2,}$
# Allow module names containing a dash (but no underscore or uppercase letter).
# They are whole programs, not meant to be included by another module.
# [invalid-name]
module-rgx=(([a-z_][a-z0-9_]*)|([A-Z][a-zA-Z0-9]+)|[a-z][-0-9a-z]+)$
# Some functions don't need docstrings.
# [missing-docstring]
no-docstring-rgx=(run_)?main$
# We're ok with short local or global variable names.
# [invalid-name]
variable-rgx=[a-z_][a-z0-9_]*$
[DESIGN]
# Allow more than the default 7 attributes.
# [too-many-instance-attributes]
max-attributes=15
[FORMAT]
# Allow longer modules than the default recommended maximum.
# [too-many-lines]
max-module-lines=2000
[MESSAGES CONTROL]
# * locally-disabled, locally-enabled: If we disable or enable a message
# locally, it's by design. There's no need to clutter the Pylint output
# with this information.
# * logging-format-interpolation: Pylint warns about things like
# ``log.info('...'.format(...))``. It insists on ``log.info('...', ...)``.
# This is of minor utility (mainly a performance gain when there are
# many messages that use formatting and are below the log level).
# Some versions of Pylint (including 1.8, which is the version on
# Ubuntu 18.04) only recognize old-style format strings using '%',
# and complain about something like ``log.info('{}', foo)`` with
# logging-too-many-args (Pylint supports new-style formatting if
# declared globally with logging_format_style under [LOGGING] but
# this requires Pylint >=2.2).
# * no-else-return: Allow the perfectly reasonable idiom
# if condition1:
# return value1
# else:
# return value2
# * unnecessary-pass: If we take the trouble of adding a line with "pass",
# it's because we think the code is clearer that way.
disable=locally-disabled,locally-enabled,logging-format-interpolation,no-else-return,unnecessary-pass
[REPORTS]
# Don't diplay statistics. Just the facts.
reports=no
[VARIABLES]
# Allow unused variables if their name starts with an underscore.
# [unused-argument]
dummy-variables-rgx=_.*
[SIMILARITIES]
# Ignore imports when computing similarities.
ignore-imports=yes

View File

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
# .readthedocs.yaml
# Read the Docs configuration file
# See https://docs.readthedocs.io/en/stable/config-file/v2.html for details
# Required
version: 2
# Set the version of Python and other tools you might need
build:
os: ubuntu-20.04
tools:
python: "3.9"
jobs:
pre_build:
- ./scripts/apidoc_full.sh
- breathe-apidoc -o docs/api apidoc/xml
# Build documentation in the docs/ directory with Sphinx
sphinx:
builder: dirhtml
configuration: docs/conf.py
# Optionally declare the Python requirements required to build your docs
python:
install:
- requirements: docs/requirements.txt

View File

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
# Declare python as our language. This way we get our chosen Python version,
# and pip is available. Gcc and clang are available anyway.
dist: jammy
os: linux
language: python
python: 3.10
cache: ccache
branches:
only:
coverity_scan
install:
- $PYTHON scripts/min_requirements.py
env:
global:
- SEED=1
- secure: "GF/Fde5fkm15T/RNykrjrPV5Uh1KJ70cP308igL6Xkk3eJmqkkmWCe9JqRH12J3TeWw2fu9PYPHt6iFSg6jasgqysfUyg+W03knRT5QNn3h5eHgt36cQJiJr6t3whPrRaiM6U9omE0evm+c0cAwlkA3GGSMw8Z+na4EnKI6OFCo="
addons:
coverity_scan:
project:
name: "ARMmbed/mbedtls"
notification_email: support-mbedtls@arm.com
build_command_prepend:
build_command: make
branch_pattern: coverity_scan

View File

@@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
# Configuration options for Uncrustify specifying the Mbed TLS code style.
#
# Note: The code style represented by this file has not yet been introduced
# to Mbed TLS.
#
# Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
# SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
# Wrap lines at 100 characters
code_width = 100
# Allow splitting long for statements between the condition statements
ls_for_split_full = true
# Allow splitting function calls between arguments
ls_func_split_full = true
input_tab_size = 4
# Spaces-only indentation
indent_with_tabs = 0
indent_columns = 4
# Indent 'case' 1 level from 'switch'
indent_switch_case = indent_columns
# Line-up strings broken by '\'
indent_align_string = true
# Braces on the same line (Egyptian-style braces)
nl_enum_brace = remove
nl_union_brace = remove
nl_struct_brace = remove
nl_do_brace = remove
nl_if_brace = remove
nl_for_brace = remove
nl_else_brace = remove
nl_while_brace = remove
nl_switch_brace = remove
# Braces on same line as keywords that follow them - 'else' and the 'while' in 'do {} while ()';
nl_brace_else = remove
nl_brace_while = remove
# Space before else on the same line
sp_brace_else = add
# If else is on the same line as '{', force exactly 1 space between them
sp_else_brace = force
# Functions are the exception and have braces on the next line
nl_fcall_brace = add
nl_fdef_brace = add
# Force exactly one space between ')' and '{' in statements
sp_sparen_brace = force
# At least 1 space around assignment
sp_assign = add
# Remove spaces around the preprocessor '##' token-concatenate
sp_pp_concat = ignore
# At least 1 space around '||' and '&&'
sp_bool = add
# But no space after the '!' operator
sp_not = remove
# No space after the bitwise-not '~' operator
sp_inv = remove
# No space after the addressof '&' operator
sp_addr = remove
# No space around the member '.' and '->' operators
sp_member = remove
# No space after the dereference '*' operator
sp_deref = remove
# No space after a unary negation '-'
sp_sign = remove
# No space between the '++'/'--' operator and its operand
sp_incdec = remove
# At least 1 space around comparison operators
sp_compare = add
# Remove spaces inside all kinds of parentheses:
# Remove spaces inside parentheses
sp_inside_paren = remove
# No spaces inside statement parentheses
sp_inside_sparen = remove
# No spaces inside cast parentheses '( char )x' -> '(char)x'
sp_inside_paren_cast = remove
# No spaces inside function parentheses
sp_inside_fparen = remove
# (The case where the function has no parameters/arguments)
sp_inside_fparens = remove
# No spaces inside the first parentheses in a function type
sp_inside_tparen = remove
# (Uncrustify >= 0.74.0) No spaces inside parens in for statements
sp_inside_for = remove
# Remove spaces between nested parentheses '( (' -> '(('
sp_paren_paren = remove
# (Uncrustify >= 0.74.0)
sp_sparen_paren = remove
# Remove spaces between ')' and adjacent '('
sp_cparen_oparen = remove
# (Uncrustify >= 0.73.0) space between 'do' and '{'
sp_do_brace_open = force
# (Uncrustify >= 0.73.0) space between '}' and 'while'
sp_brace_close_while = force
# At least 1 space before a '*' pointer star
sp_before_ptr_star = add
# Remove spaces between pointer stars
sp_between_ptr_star = remove
# No space after a pointer star
sp_after_ptr_star = remove
# But allow a space in the case of e.g. char * const x;
sp_after_ptr_star_qualifier = ignore
# Remove space after star in a function return type
sp_after_ptr_star_func = remove
# At least 1 space after a type in variable definition etc
sp_after_type = add
# Force exactly 1 space between a statement keyword (e.g. 'if') and an opening parenthesis
sp_before_sparen = force
# Remove a space before a ';'
sp_before_semi = remove
# (Uncrustify >= 0.73.0) Remove space before a semi in a non-empty for
sp_before_semi_for = remove
# (Uncrustify >= 0.73.0) Remove space in empty first statement of a for
sp_before_semi_for_empty = remove
# (Uncrustify >= 0.74.0) Remove space in empty middle statement of a for
sp_between_semi_for_empty = remove
# Add a space after a ';' (unless a comment follows)
sp_after_semi = add
# (Uncrustify >= 0.73.0) Add a space after a semi in non-empty for statements
sp_after_semi_for = add
# (Uncrustify >= 0.73.0) No space after final semi in empty for statements
sp_after_semi_for_empty = remove
# Remove spaces on the inside of square brackets '[]'
sp_inside_square = remove
# Must have at least 1 space after a comma
sp_after_comma = add
# Must not have a space before a comma
sp_before_comma = remove
# No space before the ':' in a case statement
sp_before_case_colon = remove
# Must have space after a cast - '(char)x' -> '(char) x'
sp_after_cast = add
# No space between 'sizeof' and '('
sp_sizeof_paren = remove
# At least 1 space inside '{ }'
sp_inside_braces = add
# At least 1 space inside '{ }' in an enum
sp_inside_braces_enum = add
# At least 1 space inside '{ }' in a struct
sp_inside_braces_struct = add
# At least 1 space between a function return type and the function name
sp_type_func = add
# No space between a function name and its arguments/parameters
sp_func_proto_paren = remove
sp_func_def_paren = remove
sp_func_call_paren = remove
# No space between '__attribute__' and '('
sp_attribute_paren = remove
# No space between 'defined' and '(' in preprocessor conditions
sp_defined_paren = remove
# At least 1 space between a macro's name and its definition
sp_macro = add
sp_macro_func = add
# Force exactly 1 space between a '}' and the name of a typedef if on the same line
sp_brace_typedef = force
# At least 1 space before a '\' line continuation
sp_before_nl_cont = add
# At least 1 space around '?' and ':' in ternary statements
sp_cond_colon = add
sp_cond_question = add
# Space between #else/#endif and comment afterwards
sp_endif_cmt = add
# Remove newlines at the start of a file
nl_start_of_file = remove
# At least 1 newline at the end of a file
nl_end_of_file = add
nl_end_of_file_min = 1
# Add braces in single-line statements
mod_full_brace_do = add
mod_full_brace_for = add
mod_full_brace_if = add
mod_full_brace_while = add
# Remove parentheses from return statements
mod_paren_on_return = remove
# Disable removal of leading spaces in a multi-line comment if the first and
# last lines are the same length
cmt_multi_check_last = false

View File

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
/Makefile

View File

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
list (APPEND thirdparty_src)
list (APPEND thirdparty_lib)
list (APPEND thirdparty_inc_public)
list (APPEND thirdparty_inc)
list (APPEND thirdparty_def)
add_subdirectory(everest)
set(thirdparty_src ${thirdparty_src} PARENT_SCOPE)
set(thirdparty_lib ${thirdparty_lib} PARENT_SCOPE)
set(thirdparty_inc_public ${thirdparty_inc_public} PARENT_SCOPE)
set(thirdparty_inc ${thirdparty_inc} PARENT_SCOPE)
set(thirdparty_def ${thirdparty_def} PARENT_SCOPE)

View File

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
Makefile

View File

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
list (APPEND everest_src)
list (APPEND everest_inc_public)
list (APPEND everest_inc)
list (APPEND everest_def)
set(everest_src
${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/library/everest.c
${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/library/x25519.c
${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/library/Hacl_Curve25519_joined.c
)
list(APPEND everest_inc_public ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include)
list(APPEND everest_inc ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/everest ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/everest/kremlib)
if(INSTALL_MBEDTLS_HEADERS)
install(DIRECTORY include/everest
DESTINATION include
FILE_PERMISSIONS OWNER_READ OWNER_WRITE GROUP_READ WORLD_READ
DIRECTORY_PERMISSIONS OWNER_READ OWNER_WRITE OWNER_EXECUTE GROUP_READ GROUP_EXECUTE WORLD_READ WORLD_EXECUTE
FILES_MATCHING PATTERN "*.h")
endif(INSTALL_MBEDTLS_HEADERS)
set(thirdparty_src ${thirdparty_src} ${everest_src} PARENT_SCOPE)
set(thirdparty_inc_public ${thirdparty_inc_public} ${everest_inc_public} PARENT_SCOPE)
set(thirdparty_inc ${thirdparty_inc} ${everest_inc} PARENT_SCOPE)
set(thirdparty_def ${thirdparty_def} ${everest_def} PARENT_SCOPE)

View File

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
The files in this directory stem from [Project Everest](https://project-everest.github.io/) and are distributed under the Apache 2.0 license.
This is a formally verified implementation of Curve25519-based handshakes. The C code is automatically derived from the (verified) [original implementation](https://github.com/project-everest/hacl-star/tree/master/code/curve25519) in the [F* language](https://github.com/fstarlang/fstar) by [KreMLin](https://github.com/fstarlang/kremlin). In addition to the improved safety and security of the implementation, it is also significantly faster than the default implementation of Curve25519 in mbedTLS.
The caveat is that not all platforms are supported, although the version in `everest/library/legacy` should work on most systems. The main issue is that some platforms do not provide a 128-bit integer type and KreMLin therefore has to use additional (also verified) code to simulate them, resulting in less of a performance gain overall. Explicitly supported platforms are currently `x86` and `x86_64` using gcc or clang, and Visual C (2010 and later).

View File

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -fbuiltin-uint128 -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/code/lib/kremlin -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/kremlib/compat -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs/old -I . -ccopt -march=native -verbose -ldopt -flto -tmpdir x25519-c -I ../bignum -bundle Hacl.Curve25519=* -minimal -add-include "kremlib.h" -skip-compilation x25519-c/out.krml -o x25519-c/Hacl_Curve25519.c
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#ifndef __Hacl_Curve25519_H
#define __Hacl_Curve25519_H
#include "kremlib.h"
void Hacl_Curve25519_crypto_scalarmult(uint8_t *mypublic, uint8_t *secret, uint8_t *basepoint);
#define __Hacl_Curve25519_H_DEFINED
#endif

View File

@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
/*
* Interface to code from Project Everest
*
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of Mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org).
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_EVEREST_H
#define MBEDTLS_EVEREST_H
#include "everest/x25519.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* Defines the source of the imported EC key.
*/
typedef enum
{
MBEDTLS_EVEREST_ECDH_OURS, /**< Our key. */
MBEDTLS_EVEREST_ECDH_THEIRS, /**< The key of the peer. */
} mbedtls_everest_ecdh_side;
typedef struct {
mbedtls_x25519_context ctx;
} mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest;
/**
* \brief This function sets up the ECDH context with the information
* given.
*
* This function should be called after mbedtls_ecdh_init() but
* before mbedtls_ecdh_make_params(). There is no need to call
* this function before mbedtls_ecdh_read_params().
*
* This is the first function used by a TLS server for ECDHE
* ciphersuites.
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context to set up.
* \param grp_id The group id of the group to set up the context for.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
*/
int mbedtls_everest_setup( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, int grp_id );
/**
* \brief This function frees a context.
*
* \param ctx The context to free.
*/
void mbedtls_everest_free( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function generates a public key and a TLS
* ServerKeyExchange payload.
*
* This is the second function used by a TLS server for ECDHE
* ciphersuites. (It is called after mbedtls_ecdh_setup().)
*
* \note This function assumes that the ECP group (grp) of the
* \p ctx context has already been properly set,
* for example, using mbedtls_ecp_group_load().
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context.
* \param olen The number of characters written.
* \param buf The destination buffer.
* \param blen The length of the destination buffer.
* \param f_rng The RNG function.
* \param p_rng The RNG context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_everest_make_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )( void *, unsigned char *, size_t ),
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief This function parses and processes a TLS ServerKeyExchange
* payload.
*
* This is the first function used by a TLS client for ECDHE
* ciphersuites.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context.
* \param buf The pointer to the start of the input buffer.
* \param end The address for one Byte past the end of the buffer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*
*/
int mbedtls_everest_read_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx,
const unsigned char **buf, const unsigned char *end );
/**
* \brief This function parses and processes a TLS ServerKeyExchange
* payload.
*
* This is the first function used by a TLS client for ECDHE
* ciphersuites.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context.
* \param buf The pointer to the start of the input buffer.
* \param end The address for one Byte past the end of the buffer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*
*/
int mbedtls_everest_read_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx,
const unsigned char **buf, const unsigned char *end );
/**
* \brief This function sets up an ECDH context from an EC key.
*
* It is used by clients and servers in place of the
* ServerKeyEchange for static ECDH, and imports ECDH
* parameters from the EC key information of a certificate.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context to set up.
* \param key The EC key to use.
* \param side Defines the source of the key: 1: Our key, or
* 0: The key of the peer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*
*/
int mbedtls_everest_get_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
mbedtls_everest_ecdh_side side );
/**
* \brief This function generates a public key and a TLS
* ClientKeyExchange payload.
*
* This is the second function used by a TLS client for ECDH(E)
* ciphersuites.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context.
* \param olen The number of Bytes written.
* \param buf The destination buffer.
* \param blen The size of the destination buffer.
* \param f_rng The RNG function.
* \param p_rng The RNG context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_everest_make_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )( void *, unsigned char *, size_t ),
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief This function parses and processes a TLS ClientKeyExchange
* payload.
*
* This is the third function used by a TLS server for ECDH(E)
* ciphersuites. (It is called after mbedtls_ecdh_setup() and
* mbedtls_ecdh_make_params().)
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context.
* \param buf The start of the input buffer.
* \param blen The length of the input buffer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_everest_read_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen );
/**
* \brief This function derives and exports the shared secret.
*
* This is the last function used by both TLS client
* and servers.
*
* \note If \p f_rng is not NULL, it is used to implement
* countermeasures against side-channel attacks.
* For more information, see mbedtls_ecp_mul().
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The ECDH context.
* \param olen The number of Bytes written.
* \param buf The destination buffer.
* \param blen The length of the destination buffer.
* \param f_rng The RNG function.
* \param p_rng The RNG context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_everest_calc_secret( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )( void *, unsigned char *, size_t ),
void *p_rng );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_EVEREST_H */

View File

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
/*
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
*
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of Mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org) and
* originated from Project Everest (https://project-everest.github.io/)
*/
#ifndef __KREMLIB_H
#define __KREMLIB_H
#include "kremlin/internal/target.h"
#include "kremlin/internal/types.h"
#include "kremlin/c_endianness.h"
#endif /* __KREMLIB_H */

View File

@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: ../krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrB9w -minimal -fparentheses -fcurly-braces -fno-shadow -header copyright-header.txt -minimal -tmpdir dist/uint128 -skip-compilation -extract-uints -add-include <inttypes.h> -add-include <stdbool.h> -add-include "kremlin/internal/types.h" -bundle FStar.UInt128=* extracted/prims.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives_Native.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives.krml extracted/FStar_Mul.krml extracted/FStar_Squash.krml extracted/FStar_Classical.krml extracted/FStar_StrongExcludedMiddle.krml extracted/FStar_FunctionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Base.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Base.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_Seq.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lib.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lemmas.krml extracted/FStar_BitVector.krml extracted/FStar_UInt.krml extracted/FStar_UInt32.krml extracted/FStar_Int.krml extracted/FStar_Int16.krml extracted/FStar_Preorder.krml extracted/FStar_Ghost.krml extracted/FStar_ErasedLogic.krml extracted/FStar_UInt64.krml extracted/FStar_Set.krml extracted/FStar_PropositionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_PredicateExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_TSet.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Map.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperHeap.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Witnessed.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_ST.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_All.krml extracted/FStar_Date.krml extracted/FStar_Universe.krml extracted/FStar_GSet.krml extracted/FStar_ModifiesGen.krml extracted/LowStar_Monotonic_Buffer.krml extracted/LowStar_Buffer.krml extracted/Spec_Loops.krml extracted/LowStar_BufferOps.krml extracted/C_Loops.krml extracted/FStar_UInt8.krml extracted/FStar_Kremlin_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_UInt63.krml extracted/FStar_Exn.krml extracted/FStar_ST.krml extracted/FStar_All.krml extracted/FStar_Dyn.krml extracted/FStar_Int63.krml extracted/FStar_Int64.krml extracted/FStar_Int32.krml extracted/FStar_Int8.krml extracted/FStar_UInt16.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast.krml extracted/FStar_UInt128.krml extracted/C_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_List.krml extracted/FStar_Float.krml extracted/FStar_IO.krml extracted/C.krml extracted/FStar_Char.krml extracted/FStar_String.krml extracted/LowStar_Modifies.krml extracted/C_String.krml extracted/FStar_Bytes.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_IO.krml extracted/C_Failure.krml extracted/TestLib.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast_Full.krml
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#ifndef __FStar_UInt128_H
#define __FStar_UInt128_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "kremlin/internal/types.h"
uint64_t FStar_UInt128___proj__Mkuint128__item__low(FStar_UInt128_uint128 projectee);
uint64_t FStar_UInt128___proj__Mkuint128__item__high(FStar_UInt128_uint128 projectee);
typedef FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_t;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_add_underspec(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_add_mod(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_sub(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_sub_underspec(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_sub_mod(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_logand(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_logxor(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_logor(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_lognot(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_shift_left(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_shift_right(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s);
bool FStar_UInt128_eq(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
bool FStar_UInt128_gt(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
bool FStar_UInt128_lt(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
bool FStar_UInt128_gte(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
bool FStar_UInt128_lte(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_eq_mask(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_gte_mask(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128(uint64_t a);
uint64_t FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Plus_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Plus_Question_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Plus_Percent_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Subtraction_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Subtraction_Question_Hat)(
FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0,
FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1
);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Subtraction_Percent_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Amp_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Hat_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Bar_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Less_Less_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, uint32_t x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Greater_Greater_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool (*FStar_UInt128_op_Equals_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Greater_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern bool (*FStar_UInt128_op_Less_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Greater_Equals_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Less_Equals_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_mul32(uint64_t x, uint32_t y);
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(uint64_t x, uint64_t y);
#define __FStar_UInt128_H_DEFINED
#endif

View File

@@ -1,280 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: ../krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrB9w -minimal -fparentheses -fcurly-braces -fno-shadow -header copyright-header.txt -minimal -tmpdir dist/minimal -skip-compilation -extract-uints -add-include <inttypes.h> -add-include <stdbool.h> -add-include "kremlin/internal/compat.h" -add-include "kremlin/internal/types.h" -bundle FStar.UInt64+FStar.UInt32+FStar.UInt16+FStar.UInt8=* extracted/prims.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives_Native.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives.krml extracted/FStar_Mul.krml extracted/FStar_Squash.krml extracted/FStar_Classical.krml extracted/FStar_StrongExcludedMiddle.krml extracted/FStar_FunctionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Base.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Base.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_Seq.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lib.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lemmas.krml extracted/FStar_BitVector.krml extracted/FStar_UInt.krml extracted/FStar_UInt32.krml extracted/FStar_Int.krml extracted/FStar_Int16.krml extracted/FStar_Preorder.krml extracted/FStar_Ghost.krml extracted/FStar_ErasedLogic.krml extracted/FStar_UInt64.krml extracted/FStar_Set.krml extracted/FStar_PropositionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_PredicateExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_TSet.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Map.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperHeap.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Witnessed.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_ST.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_All.krml extracted/FStar_Date.krml extracted/FStar_Universe.krml extracted/FStar_GSet.krml extracted/FStar_ModifiesGen.krml extracted/LowStar_Monotonic_Buffer.krml extracted/LowStar_Buffer.krml extracted/Spec_Loops.krml extracted/LowStar_BufferOps.krml extracted/C_Loops.krml extracted/FStar_UInt8.krml extracted/FStar_Kremlin_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_UInt63.krml extracted/FStar_Exn.krml extracted/FStar_ST.krml extracted/FStar_All.krml extracted/FStar_Dyn.krml extracted/FStar_Int63.krml extracted/FStar_Int64.krml extracted/FStar_Int32.krml extracted/FStar_Int8.krml extracted/FStar_UInt16.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast.krml extracted/FStar_UInt128.krml extracted/C_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_List.krml extracted/FStar_Float.krml extracted/FStar_IO.krml extracted/C.krml extracted/FStar_Char.krml extracted/FStar_String.krml extracted/LowStar_Modifies.krml extracted/C_String.krml extracted/FStar_Bytes.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_IO.krml extracted/C_Failure.krml extracted/TestLib.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast_Full.krml
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#ifndef __FStar_UInt64_FStar_UInt32_FStar_UInt16_FStar_UInt8_H
#define __FStar_UInt64_FStar_UInt32_FStar_UInt16_FStar_UInt8_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "kremlin/internal/compat.h"
#include "kremlin/internal/types.h"
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt64_n;
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt64_v(uint64_t x0);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_uint_to_t(Prims_int x0);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_add(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_add_underspec(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_add_mod(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_sub(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_sub_underspec(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_sub_mod(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_mul(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_mul_underspec(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_mul_mod(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_mul_div(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_div(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_rem(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_logand(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_logxor(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_logor(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_lognot(uint64_t x0);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_shift_right(uint64_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_shift_left(uint64_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt64_eq(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt64_gt(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt64_gte(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt64_lt(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt64_lte(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_minus(uint64_t x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt64_n_minus_one;
uint64_t FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(uint64_t a, uint64_t b);
uint64_t FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(uint64_t a, uint64_t b);
extern Prims_string FStar_UInt64_to_string(uint64_t x0);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_of_string(Prims_string x0);
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt32_n;
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt32_v(uint32_t x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_uint_to_t(Prims_int x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_add(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_add_underspec(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_add_mod(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_sub(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_sub_underspec(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_sub_mod(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_mul(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_mul_underspec(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_mul_mod(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_mul_div(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_div(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_rem(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_logand(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_logxor(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_logor(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_lognot(uint32_t x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_shift_right(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_shift_left(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt32_eq(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt32_gt(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt32_gte(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt32_lt(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt32_lte(uint32_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_minus(uint32_t x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_n_minus_one;
uint32_t FStar_UInt32_eq_mask(uint32_t a, uint32_t b);
uint32_t FStar_UInt32_gte_mask(uint32_t a, uint32_t b);
extern Prims_string FStar_UInt32_to_string(uint32_t x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt32_of_string(Prims_string x0);
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt16_n;
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt16_v(uint16_t x0);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_uint_to_t(Prims_int x0);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_add(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_add_underspec(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_add_mod(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_sub(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_sub_underspec(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_sub_mod(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_mul(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_mul_underspec(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_mul_mod(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_mul_div(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_div(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_rem(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_logand(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_logxor(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_logor(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_lognot(uint16_t x0);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_shift_right(uint16_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_shift_left(uint16_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt16_eq(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt16_gt(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt16_gte(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt16_lt(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt16_lte(uint16_t x0, uint16_t x1);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_minus(uint16_t x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt16_n_minus_one;
uint16_t FStar_UInt16_eq_mask(uint16_t a, uint16_t b);
uint16_t FStar_UInt16_gte_mask(uint16_t a, uint16_t b);
extern Prims_string FStar_UInt16_to_string(uint16_t x0);
extern uint16_t FStar_UInt16_of_string(Prims_string x0);
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt8_n;
extern Prims_int FStar_UInt8_v(uint8_t x0);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_uint_to_t(Prims_int x0);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_add(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_add_underspec(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_add_mod(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_sub(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_sub_underspec(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_sub_mod(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_mul(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_mul_underspec(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_mul_mod(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_mul_div(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_div(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_rem(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_logand(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_logxor(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_logor(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_lognot(uint8_t x0);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_shift_right(uint8_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_shift_left(uint8_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt8_eq(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt8_gt(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt8_gte(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt8_lt(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern bool FStar_UInt8_lte(uint8_t x0, uint8_t x1);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_minus(uint8_t x0);
extern uint32_t FStar_UInt8_n_minus_one;
uint8_t FStar_UInt8_eq_mask(uint8_t a, uint8_t b);
uint8_t FStar_UInt8_gte_mask(uint8_t a, uint8_t b);
extern Prims_string FStar_UInt8_to_string(uint8_t x0);
extern uint8_t FStar_UInt8_of_string(Prims_string x0);
typedef uint8_t FStar_UInt8_byte;
#define __FStar_UInt64_FStar_UInt32_FStar_UInt16_FStar_UInt8_H_DEFINED
#endif

View File

@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
#ifndef __KREMLIN_ENDIAN_H
#define __KREMLIN_ENDIAN_H
#include <string.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
/******************************************************************************/
/* Implementing C.fst (part 2: endian-ness macros) */
/******************************************************************************/
/* ... for Linux */
#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
# include <endian.h>
/* ... for OSX */
#elif defined(__APPLE__)
# include <libkern/OSByteOrder.h>
# define htole64(x) OSSwapHostToLittleInt64(x)
# define le64toh(x) OSSwapLittleToHostInt64(x)
# define htobe64(x) OSSwapHostToBigInt64(x)
# define be64toh(x) OSSwapBigToHostInt64(x)
# define htole16(x) OSSwapHostToLittleInt16(x)
# define le16toh(x) OSSwapLittleToHostInt16(x)
# define htobe16(x) OSSwapHostToBigInt16(x)
# define be16toh(x) OSSwapBigToHostInt16(x)
# define htole32(x) OSSwapHostToLittleInt32(x)
# define le32toh(x) OSSwapLittleToHostInt32(x)
# define htobe32(x) OSSwapHostToBigInt32(x)
# define be32toh(x) OSSwapBigToHostInt32(x)
/* ... for Solaris */
#elif defined(__sun__)
# include <sys/byteorder.h>
# define htole64(x) LE_64(x)
# define le64toh(x) LE_64(x)
# define htobe64(x) BE_64(x)
# define be64toh(x) BE_64(x)
# define htole16(x) LE_16(x)
# define le16toh(x) LE_16(x)
# define htobe16(x) BE_16(x)
# define be16toh(x) BE_16(x)
# define htole32(x) LE_32(x)
# define le32toh(x) LE_32(x)
# define htobe32(x) BE_32(x)
# define be32toh(x) BE_32(x)
/* ... for the BSDs */
#elif defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
# include <sys/endian.h>
#elif defined(__OpenBSD__)
# include <endian.h>
/* ... for Windows (MSVC)... not targeting XBOX 360! */
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# include <stdlib.h>
# define htobe16(x) _byteswap_ushort(x)
# define htole16(x) (x)
# define be16toh(x) _byteswap_ushort(x)
# define le16toh(x) (x)
# define htobe32(x) _byteswap_ulong(x)
# define htole32(x) (x)
# define be32toh(x) _byteswap_ulong(x)
# define le32toh(x) (x)
# define htobe64(x) _byteswap_uint64(x)
# define htole64(x) (x)
# define be64toh(x) _byteswap_uint64(x)
# define le64toh(x) (x)
/* ... for Windows (GCC-like, e.g. mingw or clang) */
#elif (defined(_WIN32) || defined(_WIN64)) && \
(defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__))
# define htobe16(x) __builtin_bswap16(x)
# define htole16(x) (x)
# define be16toh(x) __builtin_bswap16(x)
# define le16toh(x) (x)
# define htobe32(x) __builtin_bswap32(x)
# define htole32(x) (x)
# define be32toh(x) __builtin_bswap32(x)
# define le32toh(x) (x)
# define htobe64(x) __builtin_bswap64(x)
# define htole64(x) (x)
# define be64toh(x) __builtin_bswap64(x)
# define le64toh(x) (x)
/* ... generic big-endian fallback code */
#elif defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && __BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_BIG_ENDIAN__
/* byte swapping code inspired by:
* https://github.com/rweather/arduinolibs/blob/master/libraries/Crypto/utility/EndianUtil.h
* */
# define htobe32(x) (x)
# define be32toh(x) (x)
# define htole32(x) \
(__extension__({ \
uint32_t _temp = (x); \
((_temp >> 24) & 0x000000FF) | ((_temp >> 8) & 0x0000FF00) | \
((_temp << 8) & 0x00FF0000) | ((_temp << 24) & 0xFF000000); \
}))
# define le32toh(x) (htole32((x)))
# define htobe64(x) (x)
# define be64toh(x) (x)
# define htole64(x) \
(__extension__({ \
uint64_t __temp = (x); \
uint32_t __low = htobe32((uint32_t)__temp); \
uint32_t __high = htobe32((uint32_t)(__temp >> 32)); \
(((uint64_t)__low) << 32) | __high; \
}))
# define le64toh(x) (htole64((x)))
/* ... generic little-endian fallback code */
#elif defined(__BYTE_ORDER__) && __BYTE_ORDER__ == __ORDER_LITTLE_ENDIAN__
# define htole32(x) (x)
# define le32toh(x) (x)
# define htobe32(x) \
(__extension__({ \
uint32_t _temp = (x); \
((_temp >> 24) & 0x000000FF) | ((_temp >> 8) & 0x0000FF00) | \
((_temp << 8) & 0x00FF0000) | ((_temp << 24) & 0xFF000000); \
}))
# define be32toh(x) (htobe32((x)))
# define htole64(x) (x)
# define le64toh(x) (x)
# define htobe64(x) \
(__extension__({ \
uint64_t __temp = (x); \
uint32_t __low = htobe32((uint32_t)__temp); \
uint32_t __high = htobe32((uint32_t)(__temp >> 32)); \
(((uint64_t)__low) << 32) | __high; \
}))
# define be64toh(x) (htobe64((x)))
/* ... couldn't determine endian-ness of the target platform */
#else
# error "Please define __BYTE_ORDER__!"
#endif /* defined(__linux__) || ... */
/* Loads and stores. These avoid undefined behavior due to unaligned memory
* accesses, via memcpy. */
inline static uint16_t load16(uint8_t *b) {
uint16_t x;
memcpy(&x, b, 2);
return x;
}
inline static uint32_t load32(uint8_t *b) {
uint32_t x;
memcpy(&x, b, 4);
return x;
}
inline static uint64_t load64(uint8_t *b) {
uint64_t x;
memcpy(&x, b, 8);
return x;
}
inline static void store16(uint8_t *b, uint16_t i) {
memcpy(b, &i, 2);
}
inline static void store32(uint8_t *b, uint32_t i) {
memcpy(b, &i, 4);
}
inline static void store64(uint8_t *b, uint64_t i) {
memcpy(b, &i, 8);
}
#define load16_le(b) (le16toh(load16(b)))
#define store16_le(b, i) (store16(b, htole16(i)))
#define load16_be(b) (be16toh(load16(b)))
#define store16_be(b, i) (store16(b, htobe16(i)))
#define load32_le(b) (le32toh(load32(b)))
#define store32_le(b, i) (store32(b, htole32(i)))
#define load32_be(b) (be32toh(load32(b)))
#define store32_be(b, i) (store32(b, htobe32(i)))
#define load64_le(b) (le64toh(load64(b)))
#define store64_le(b, i) (store64(b, htole64(i)))
#define load64_be(b) (be64toh(load64(b)))
#define store64_be(b, i) (store64(b, htobe64(i)))
#endif

View File

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
#ifndef __KREMLIN_BUILTIN_H
#define __KREMLIN_BUILTIN_H
/* For alloca, when using KreMLin's -falloca */
#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(_WIN64))
# include <malloc.h>
#endif
/* If some globals need to be initialized before the main, then kremlin will
* generate and try to link last a function with this type: */
void kremlinit_globals(void);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
#ifndef __KREMLIN_CALLCONV_H
#define __KREMLIN_CALLCONV_H
/******************************************************************************/
/* Some macros to ease compatibility */
/******************************************************************************/
/* We want to generate __cdecl safely without worrying about it being undefined.
* When using MSVC, these are always defined. When using MinGW, these are
* defined too. They have no meaning for other platforms, so we define them to
* be empty macros in other situations. */
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#ifndef __cdecl
#define __cdecl
#endif
#ifndef __stdcall
#define __stdcall
#endif
#ifndef __fastcall
#define __fastcall
#endif
#endif
/* Since KreMLin emits the inline keyword unconditionally, we follow the
* guidelines at https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Inline.html and make this
* __inline__ to ensure the code compiles with -std=c90 and earlier. */
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define inline __inline__
#endif
/* GCC-specific attribute syntax; everyone else gets the standard C inline
* attribute. */
#ifdef __GNU_C__
# ifndef __clang__
# define force_inline inline __attribute__((always_inline))
# else
# define force_inline inline
# endif
#else
# define force_inline inline
#endif
#endif

View File

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
#ifndef KRML_COMPAT_H
#define KRML_COMPAT_H
#include <inttypes.h>
/* A series of macros that define C implementations of types that are not Low*,
* to facilitate porting programs to Low*. */
typedef const char *Prims_string;
typedef struct {
uint32_t length;
const char *data;
} FStar_Bytes_bytes;
typedef int32_t Prims_pos, Prims_nat, Prims_nonzero, Prims_int,
krml_checked_int_t;
#define RETURN_OR(x) \
do { \
int64_t __ret = x; \
if (__ret < INT32_MIN || INT32_MAX < __ret) { \
KRML_HOST_PRINTF( \
"Prims.{int,nat,pos} integer overflow at %s:%d\n", __FILE__, \
__LINE__); \
KRML_HOST_EXIT(252); \
} \
return (int32_t)__ret; \
} while (0)
#endif

View File

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
#ifndef __KREMLIN_DEBUG_H
#define __KREMLIN_DEBUG_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#include "kremlin/internal/target.h"
/******************************************************************************/
/* Debugging helpers - intended only for KreMLin developers */
/******************************************************************************/
/* In support of "-wasm -d force-c": we might need this function to be
* forward-declared, because the dependency on WasmSupport appears very late,
* after SimplifyWasm, and sadly, after the topological order has been done. */
void WasmSupport_check_buffer_size(uint32_t s);
/* A series of GCC atrocities to trace function calls (kremlin's [-d c-calls]
* option). Useful when trying to debug, say, Wasm, to compare traces. */
/* clang-format off */
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define KRML_FORMAT(X) _Generic((X), \
uint8_t : "0x%08" PRIx8, \
uint16_t: "0x%08" PRIx16, \
uint32_t: "0x%08" PRIx32, \
uint64_t: "0x%08" PRIx64, \
int8_t : "0x%08" PRIx8, \
int16_t : "0x%08" PRIx16, \
int32_t : "0x%08" PRIx32, \
int64_t : "0x%08" PRIx64, \
default : "%s")
#define KRML_FORMAT_ARG(X) _Generic((X), \
uint8_t : X, \
uint16_t: X, \
uint32_t: X, \
uint64_t: X, \
int8_t : X, \
int16_t : X, \
int32_t : X, \
int64_t : X, \
default : "unknown")
/* clang-format on */
# define KRML_DEBUG_RETURN(X) \
({ \
__auto_type _ret = (X); \
KRML_HOST_PRINTF("returning: "); \
KRML_HOST_PRINTF(KRML_FORMAT(_ret), KRML_FORMAT_ARG(_ret)); \
KRML_HOST_PRINTF(" \n"); \
_ret; \
})
#endif
#endif

View File

@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
#ifndef __KREMLIN_TARGET_H
#define __KREMLIN_TARGET_H
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include "kremlin/internal/callconv.h"
/******************************************************************************/
/* Macros that KreMLin will generate. */
/******************************************************************************/
/* For "bare" targets that do not have a C stdlib, the user might want to use
* [-add-early-include '"mydefinitions.h"'] and override these. */
#ifndef KRML_HOST_PRINTF
# define KRML_HOST_PRINTF printf
#endif
#if ( \
(defined __STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) && \
(!(defined KRML_HOST_EPRINTF)))
# define KRML_HOST_EPRINTF(...) fprintf(stderr, __VA_ARGS__)
#endif
#ifndef KRML_HOST_EXIT
# define KRML_HOST_EXIT exit
#endif
#ifndef KRML_HOST_MALLOC
# define KRML_HOST_MALLOC malloc
#endif
#ifndef KRML_HOST_CALLOC
# define KRML_HOST_CALLOC calloc
#endif
#ifndef KRML_HOST_FREE
# define KRML_HOST_FREE free
#endif
#ifndef KRML_HOST_TIME
# include <time.h>
/* Prims_nat not yet in scope */
inline static int32_t krml_time() {
return (int32_t)time(NULL);
}
# define KRML_HOST_TIME krml_time
#endif
/* In statement position, exiting is easy. */
#define KRML_EXIT \
do { \
KRML_HOST_PRINTF("Unimplemented function at %s:%d\n", __FILE__, __LINE__); \
KRML_HOST_EXIT(254); \
} while (0)
/* In expression position, use the comma-operator and a malloc to return an
* expression of the right size. KreMLin passes t as the parameter to the macro.
*/
#define KRML_EABORT(t, msg) \
(KRML_HOST_PRINTF("KreMLin abort at %s:%d\n%s\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, msg), \
KRML_HOST_EXIT(255), *((t *)KRML_HOST_MALLOC(sizeof(t))))
/* In FStar.Buffer.fst, the size of arrays is uint32_t, but it's a number of
* *elements*. Do an ugly, run-time check (some of which KreMLin can eliminate).
*/
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define _KRML_CHECK_SIZE_PRAGMA \
_Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wtype-limits\"")
#else
# define _KRML_CHECK_SIZE_PRAGMA
#endif
#define KRML_CHECK_SIZE(size_elt, sz) \
do { \
_KRML_CHECK_SIZE_PRAGMA \
if (((size_t)(sz)) > ((size_t)(SIZE_MAX / (size_elt)))) { \
KRML_HOST_PRINTF( \
"Maximum allocatable size exceeded, aborting before overflow at " \
"%s:%d\n", \
__FILE__, __LINE__); \
KRML_HOST_EXIT(253); \
} \
} while (0)
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1900
# define KRML_HOST_SNPRINTF(buf, sz, fmt, arg) _snprintf_s(buf, sz, _TRUNCATE, fmt, arg)
#else
# define KRML_HOST_SNPRINTF(buf, sz, fmt, arg) snprintf(buf, sz, fmt, arg)
#endif
#endif

View File

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
#ifndef KRML_TYPES_H
#define KRML_TYPES_H
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Types which are either abstract, meaning that have to be implemented in C, or
* which are models, meaning that they are swapped out at compile-time for
* hand-written C types (in which case they're marked as noextract). */
typedef uint64_t FStar_UInt64_t, FStar_UInt64_t_;
typedef int64_t FStar_Int64_t, FStar_Int64_t_;
typedef uint32_t FStar_UInt32_t, FStar_UInt32_t_;
typedef int32_t FStar_Int32_t, FStar_Int32_t_;
typedef uint16_t FStar_UInt16_t, FStar_UInt16_t_;
typedef int16_t FStar_Int16_t, FStar_Int16_t_;
typedef uint8_t FStar_UInt8_t, FStar_UInt8_t_;
typedef int8_t FStar_Int8_t, FStar_Int8_t_;
/* Only useful when building Kremlib, because it's in the dependency graph of
* FStar.Int.Cast. */
typedef uint64_t FStar_UInt63_t, FStar_UInt63_t_;
typedef int64_t FStar_Int63_t, FStar_Int63_t_;
typedef double FStar_Float_float;
typedef uint32_t FStar_Char_char;
typedef FILE *FStar_IO_fd_read, *FStar_IO_fd_write;
typedef void *FStar_Dyn_dyn;
typedef const char *C_String_t, *C_String_t_;
typedef int exit_code;
typedef FILE *channel;
typedef unsigned long long TestLib_cycles;
typedef uint64_t FStar_Date_dateTime, FStar_Date_timeSpan;
/* The uint128 type is a special case since we offer several implementations of
* it, depending on the compiler and whether the user wants the verified
* implementation or not. */
#if !defined(KRML_VERIFIED_UINT128) && defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(_M_X64)
# include <emmintrin.h>
typedef __m128i FStar_UInt128_uint128;
#elif !defined(KRML_VERIFIED_UINT128) && !defined(_MSC_VER)
typedef unsigned __int128 FStar_UInt128_uint128;
#else
typedef struct FStar_UInt128_uint128_s {
uint64_t low;
uint64_t high;
} FStar_UInt128_uint128;
#endif
typedef FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_t, FStar_UInt128_t_, uint128_t;
#endif

View File

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file is automatically included when compiling with -wasm -d force-c */
#define WasmSupport_check_buffer_size(X)

View File

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/code/lib/kremlin -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/kremlib/compat -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs/old -I . -ccopt -march=native -verbose -ldopt -flto -tmpdir x25519-c -I ../bignum -bundle Hacl.Curve25519=* -minimal -add-include "kremlib.h" -skip-compilation x25519-c/out.krml -o x25519-c/Hacl_Curve25519.c
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#ifndef __Hacl_Curve25519_H
#define __Hacl_Curve25519_H
#include "kremlib.h"
void Hacl_Curve25519_crypto_scalarmult(uint8_t *mypublic, uint8_t *secret, uint8_t *basepoint);
#define __Hacl_Curve25519_H_DEFINED
#endif

View File

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
/*
* Custom inttypes.h for VS2010 KreMLin requires these definitions,
* but VS2010 doesn't provide them.
*
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of Mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef _INTTYPES_H_VS2010
#define _INTTYPES_H_VS2010
#include <stdint.h>
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#define inline __inline
#endif
/* VS2010 unsigned long == 8 bytes */
#define PRIu64 "I64u"
#endif

View File

@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
/*
* ECDH with curve-optimized implementation multiplexing
*
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of Mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_X25519_H
#define MBEDTLS_X25519_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_TLS_CURVE25519 0x1d
#define MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES 32
/**
* Defines the source of the imported EC key.
*/
typedef enum
{
MBEDTLS_X25519_ECDH_OURS, /**< Our key. */
MBEDTLS_X25519_ECDH_THEIRS, /**< The key of the peer. */
} mbedtls_x25519_ecdh_side;
/**
* \brief The x25519 context structure.
*/
typedef struct
{
unsigned char our_secret[MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES];
unsigned char peer_point[MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES];
} mbedtls_x25519_context;
/**
* \brief This function initializes an x25519 context.
*
* \param ctx The x25519 context to initialize.
*/
void mbedtls_x25519_init( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function frees a context.
*
* \param ctx The context to free.
*/
void mbedtls_x25519_free( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx );
/**
* \brief This function generates a public key and a TLS
* ServerKeyExchange payload.
*
* This is the first function used by a TLS server for x25519.
*
*
* \param ctx The x25519 context.
* \param olen The number of characters written.
* \param buf The destination buffer.
* \param blen The length of the destination buffer.
* \param f_rng The RNG function.
* \param p_rng The RNG context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_x25519_make_params( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief This function parses and processes a TLS ServerKeyExchange
* payload.
*
*
* \param ctx The x25519 context.
* \param buf The pointer to the start of the input buffer.
* \param end The address for one Byte past the end of the buffer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*
*/
int mbedtls_x25519_read_params( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx,
const unsigned char **buf, const unsigned char *end );
/**
* \brief This function sets up an x25519 context from an EC key.
*
* It is used by clients and servers in place of the
* ServerKeyEchange for static ECDH, and imports ECDH
* parameters from the EC key information of a certificate.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The x25519 context to set up.
* \param key The EC key to use.
* \param side Defines the source of the key: 1: Our key, or
* 0: The key of the peer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*
*/
int mbedtls_x25519_get_params( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
mbedtls_x25519_ecdh_side side );
/**
* \brief This function derives and exports the shared secret.
*
* This is the last function used by both TLS client
* and servers.
*
*
* \param ctx The x25519 context.
* \param olen The number of Bytes written.
* \param buf The destination buffer.
* \param blen The length of the destination buffer.
* \param f_rng The RNG function.
* \param p_rng The RNG context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_x25519_calc_secret( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief This function generates a public key and a TLS
* ClientKeyExchange payload.
*
* This is the second function used by a TLS client for x25519.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The x25519 context.
* \param olen The number of Bytes written.
* \param buf The destination buffer.
* \param blen The size of the destination buffer.
* \param f_rng The RNG function.
* \param p_rng The RNG context.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_x25519_make_public( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng );
/**
* \brief This function parses and processes a TLS ClientKeyExchange
* payload.
*
* This is the second function used by a TLS server for x25519.
*
* \see ecp.h
*
* \param ctx The x25519 context.
* \param buf The start of the input buffer.
* \param blen The length of the input buffer.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_x25519_read_public( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* x25519.h */

View File

@@ -1,760 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -fbuiltin-uint128 -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/code/lib/kremlin -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/kremlib/compat -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs/old -I . -ccopt -march=native -verbose -ldopt -flto -tmpdir x25519-c -I ../bignum -bundle Hacl.Curve25519=* -minimal -add-include "kremlib.h" -skip-compilation x25519-c/out.krml -o x25519-c/Hacl_Curve25519.c
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#include "Hacl_Curve25519.h"
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint128_t FStar_UInt128_add(uint128_t x0, uint128_t x1);
extern uint128_t FStar_UInt128_add_mod(uint128_t x0, uint128_t x1);
extern uint128_t FStar_UInt128_logand(uint128_t x0, uint128_t x1);
extern uint128_t FStar_UInt128_shift_right(uint128_t x0, uint32_t x1);
extern uint128_t FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128(uint64_t x0);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(uint128_t x0);
extern uint128_t FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
static void Hacl_Bignum_Modulo_carry_top(uint64_t *b)
{
uint64_t b4 = b[4U];
uint64_t b0 = b[0U];
uint64_t b4_ = b4 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t b0_ = b0 + (uint64_t)19U * (b4 >> (uint32_t)51U);
b[4U] = b4_;
b[0U] = b0_;
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(uint64_t *output, uint128_t *input)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint128_t xi = input[i];
output[i] = (uint64_t)xi;
}
}
inline static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_sum_scalar_multiplication_(uint128_t *output, uint64_t *input, uint64_t s)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint128_t xi = output[i];
uint64_t yi = input[i];
output[i] = xi + (uint128_t)yi * s;
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(uint128_t *tmp)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)4U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint32_t ctr = i;
uint128_t tctr = tmp[ctr];
uint128_t tctrp1 = tmp[ctr + (uint32_t)1U];
uint64_t r0 = (uint64_t)tctr & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint128_t c = tctr >> (uint32_t)51U;
tmp[ctr] = (uint128_t)r0;
tmp[ctr + (uint32_t)1U] = tctrp1 + c;
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_shift_reduce(uint64_t *output)
{
uint64_t tmp = output[4U];
uint64_t b0;
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)4U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint32_t ctr = (uint32_t)5U - i - (uint32_t)1U;
uint64_t z = output[ctr - (uint32_t)1U];
output[ctr] = z;
}
}
output[0U] = tmp;
b0 = output[0U];
output[0U] = (uint64_t)19U * b0;
}
static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_mul_shift_reduce_(uint128_t *output, uint64_t *input, uint64_t *input2)
{
uint32_t i;
uint64_t input2i;
{
uint32_t i0;
for (i0 = (uint32_t)0U; i0 < (uint32_t)4U; i0 = i0 + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t input2i0 = input2[i0];
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_sum_scalar_multiplication_(output, input, input2i0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_shift_reduce(input);
}
}
i = (uint32_t)4U;
input2i = input2[i];
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_sum_scalar_multiplication_(output, input, input2i);
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input, uint64_t *input2)
{
uint64_t tmp[5U] = { 0U };
memcpy(tmp, input, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof input[0U]);
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (uint128_t), (uint32_t)5U);
{
uint128_t t[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
t[_i] = (uint128_t)(uint64_t)0U;
}
{
uint128_t b4;
uint128_t b0;
uint128_t b4_;
uint128_t b0_;
uint64_t i0;
uint64_t i1;
uint64_t i0_;
uint64_t i1_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_mul_shift_reduce_(t, tmp, input2);
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(t);
b4 = t[4U];
b0 = t[0U];
b4_ = b4 & (uint128_t)(uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
b0_ = b0 + (uint128_t)(uint64_t)19U * (uint64_t)(b4 >> (uint32_t)51U);
t[4U] = b4_;
t[0U] = b0_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(output, t);
i0 = output[0U];
i1 = output[1U];
i0_ = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
i1_ = i1 + (i0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
output[0U] = i0_;
output[1U] = i1_;
}
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare__(uint128_t *tmp, uint64_t *output)
{
uint64_t r0 = output[0U];
uint64_t r1 = output[1U];
uint64_t r2 = output[2U];
uint64_t r3 = output[3U];
uint64_t r4 = output[4U];
uint64_t d0 = r0 * (uint64_t)2U;
uint64_t d1 = r1 * (uint64_t)2U;
uint64_t d2 = r2 * (uint64_t)2U * (uint64_t)19U;
uint64_t d419 = r4 * (uint64_t)19U;
uint64_t d4 = d419 * (uint64_t)2U;
uint128_t s0 = (uint128_t)r0 * r0 + (uint128_t)d4 * r1 + (uint128_t)d2 * r3;
uint128_t s1 = (uint128_t)d0 * r1 + (uint128_t)d4 * r2 + (uint128_t)(r3 * (uint64_t)19U) * r3;
uint128_t s2 = (uint128_t)d0 * r2 + (uint128_t)r1 * r1 + (uint128_t)d4 * r3;
uint128_t s3 = (uint128_t)d0 * r3 + (uint128_t)d1 * r2 + (uint128_t)r4 * d419;
uint128_t s4 = (uint128_t)d0 * r4 + (uint128_t)d1 * r3 + (uint128_t)r2 * r2;
tmp[0U] = s0;
tmp[1U] = s1;
tmp[2U] = s2;
tmp[3U] = s3;
tmp[4U] = s4;
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_(uint128_t *tmp, uint64_t *output)
{
uint128_t b4;
uint128_t b0;
uint128_t b4_;
uint128_t b0_;
uint64_t i0;
uint64_t i1;
uint64_t i0_;
uint64_t i1_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare__(tmp, output);
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(tmp);
b4 = tmp[4U];
b0 = tmp[0U];
b4_ = b4 & (uint128_t)(uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
b0_ = b0 + (uint128_t)(uint64_t)19U * (uint64_t)(b4 >> (uint32_t)51U);
tmp[4U] = b4_;
tmp[0U] = b0_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(output, tmp);
i0 = output[0U];
i1 = output[1U];
i0_ = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
i1_ = i1 + (i0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
output[0U] = i0_;
output[1U] = i1_;
}
static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_(uint64_t *input, uint128_t *tmp, uint32_t count1)
{
uint32_t i;
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_(tmp, input);
for (i = (uint32_t)1U; i < count1; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_(tmp, input);
}
inline static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input, uint32_t count1)
{
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (uint128_t), (uint32_t)5U);
{
uint128_t t[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
t[_i] = (uint128_t)(uint64_t)0U;
}
memcpy(output, input, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof input[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_(output, t, count1);
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(uint64_t *output, uint32_t count1)
{
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (uint128_t), (uint32_t)5U);
{
uint128_t t[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
t[_i] = (uint128_t)(uint64_t)0U;
}
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_(output, t, count1);
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Crecip_crecip(uint64_t *out, uint64_t *z)
{
uint64_t buf[20U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *a0 = buf;
uint64_t *t00 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *b0 = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
uint64_t *t01;
uint64_t *b1;
uint64_t *c0;
uint64_t *a;
uint64_t *t0;
uint64_t *b;
uint64_t *c;
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(a0, z, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t00, a0, (uint32_t)2U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b0, t00, z);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(a0, b0, a0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t00, a0, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b0, t00, b0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t00, b0, (uint32_t)5U);
t01 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
b1 = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
c0 = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b1, t01, b1);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t01, b1, (uint32_t)10U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(c0, t01, b1);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t01, c0, (uint32_t)20U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(t01, t01, c0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(t01, (uint32_t)10U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b1, t01, b1);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t01, b1, (uint32_t)50U);
a = buf;
t0 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
b = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
c = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(c, t0, b);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t0, c, (uint32_t)100U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(t0, t0, c);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(t0, (uint32_t)50U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(t0, t0, b);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(t0, (uint32_t)5U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(out, t0, a);
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fsum(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t xi = a[i];
uint64_t yi = b[i];
a[i] = xi + yi;
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b)
{
uint64_t tmp[5U] = { 0U };
uint64_t b0;
uint64_t b1;
uint64_t b2;
uint64_t b3;
uint64_t b4;
memcpy(tmp, b, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof b[0U]);
b0 = tmp[0U];
b1 = tmp[1U];
b2 = tmp[2U];
b3 = tmp[3U];
b4 = tmp[4U];
tmp[0U] = b0 + (uint64_t)0x3fffffffffff68U;
tmp[1U] = b1 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
tmp[2U] = b2 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
tmp[3U] = b3 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
tmp[4U] = b4 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t xi = a[i];
uint64_t yi = tmp[i];
a[i] = yi - xi;
}
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fscalar(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *b, uint64_t s)
{
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (uint128_t), (uint32_t)5U);
{
uint128_t tmp[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
tmp[_i] = (uint128_t)(uint64_t)0U;
}
{
uint128_t b4;
uint128_t b0;
uint128_t b4_;
uint128_t b0_;
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t xi = b[i];
tmp[i] = (uint128_t)xi * s;
}
}
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(tmp);
b4 = tmp[4U];
b0 = tmp[0U];
b4_ = b4 & (uint128_t)(uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
b0_ = b0 + (uint128_t)(uint64_t)19U * (uint64_t)(b4 >> (uint32_t)51U);
tmp[4U] = b4_;
tmp[0U] = b0_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(output, tmp);
}
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fmul(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b)
{
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(output, a, b);
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_crecip(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
Hacl_Bignum_Crecip_crecip(output, input);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_step(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b, uint64_t swap1, uint32_t ctr)
{
uint32_t i = ctr - (uint32_t)1U;
uint64_t ai = a[i];
uint64_t bi = b[i];
uint64_t x = swap1 & (ai ^ bi);
uint64_t ai1 = ai ^ x;
uint64_t bi1 = bi ^ x;
a[i] = ai1;
b[i] = bi1;
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b, uint64_t swap1, uint32_t ctr)
{
if (!(ctr == (uint32_t)0U))
{
uint32_t i;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_step(a, b, swap1, ctr);
i = ctr - (uint32_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(a, b, swap1, i);
}
}
static void Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b, uint64_t iswap)
{
uint64_t swap1 = (uint64_t)0U - iswap;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(a, b, swap1, (uint32_t)5U);
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(a + (uint32_t)5U, b + (uint32_t)5U, swap1, (uint32_t)5U);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Point_copy(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
memcpy(output, input, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof input[0U]);
memcpy(output + (uint32_t)5U,
input + (uint32_t)5U,
(uint32_t)5U * sizeof (input + (uint32_t)5U)[0U]);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fexpand(uint64_t *output, uint8_t *input)
{
uint64_t i0 = load64_le(input);
uint8_t *x00 = input + (uint32_t)6U;
uint64_t i1 = load64_le(x00);
uint8_t *x01 = input + (uint32_t)12U;
uint64_t i2 = load64_le(x01);
uint8_t *x02 = input + (uint32_t)19U;
uint64_t i3 = load64_le(x02);
uint8_t *x0 = input + (uint32_t)24U;
uint64_t i4 = load64_le(x0);
uint64_t output0 = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output1 = i1 >> (uint32_t)3U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output2 = i2 >> (uint32_t)6U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output3 = i3 >> (uint32_t)1U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output4 = i4 >> (uint32_t)12U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
output[0U] = output0;
output[1U] = output1;
output[2U] = output2;
output[3U] = output3;
output[4U] = output4;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_pass(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t t0 = input[0U];
uint64_t t1 = input[1U];
uint64_t t2 = input[2U];
uint64_t t3 = input[3U];
uint64_t t4 = input[4U];
uint64_t t1_ = t1 + (t0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t0_ = t0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t2_ = t2 + (t1_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t1__ = t1_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t3_ = t3 + (t2_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t2__ = t2_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t4_ = t4 + (t3_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t3__ = t3_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
input[0U] = t0_;
input[1U] = t1__;
input[2U] = t2__;
input[3U] = t3__;
input[4U] = t4_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_full(uint64_t *input)
{
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_pass(input);
Hacl_Bignum_Modulo_carry_top(input);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_pass(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t t0 = input[0U];
uint64_t t1 = input[1U];
uint64_t t2 = input[2U];
uint64_t t3 = input[3U];
uint64_t t4 = input[4U];
uint64_t t1_ = t1 + (t0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t0_ = t0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t2_ = t2 + (t1_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t1__ = t1_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t3_ = t3 + (t2_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t2__ = t2_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t4_ = t4 + (t3_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t3__ = t3_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
input[0U] = t0_;
input[1U] = t1__;
input[2U] = t2__;
input[3U] = t3__;
input[4U] = t4_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_full(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t i0;
uint64_t i1;
uint64_t i0_;
uint64_t i1_;
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_pass(input);
Hacl_Bignum_Modulo_carry_top(input);
i0 = input[0U];
i1 = input[1U];
i0_ = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
i1_ = i1 + (i0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
input[0U] = i0_;
input[1U] = i1_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_trim(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t a0 = input[0U];
uint64_t a1 = input[1U];
uint64_t a2 = input[2U];
uint64_t a3 = input[3U];
uint64_t a4 = input[4U];
uint64_t mask0 = FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(a0, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffedU);
uint64_t mask1 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a1, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask2 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a2, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask3 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a3, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask4 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a4, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask = (((mask0 & mask1) & mask2) & mask3) & mask4;
uint64_t a0_ = a0 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffedU & mask);
uint64_t a1_ = a1 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
uint64_t a2_ = a2 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
uint64_t a3_ = a3 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
uint64_t a4_ = a4 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
input[0U] = a0_;
input[1U] = a1_;
input[2U] = a2_;
input[3U] = a3_;
input[4U] = a4_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_store(uint8_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t t0 = input[0U];
uint64_t t1 = input[1U];
uint64_t t2 = input[2U];
uint64_t t3 = input[3U];
uint64_t t4 = input[4U];
uint64_t o0 = t1 << (uint32_t)51U | t0;
uint64_t o1 = t2 << (uint32_t)38U | t1 >> (uint32_t)13U;
uint64_t o2 = t3 << (uint32_t)25U | t2 >> (uint32_t)26U;
uint64_t o3 = t4 << (uint32_t)12U | t3 >> (uint32_t)39U;
uint8_t *b0 = output;
uint8_t *b1 = output + (uint32_t)8U;
uint8_t *b2 = output + (uint32_t)16U;
uint8_t *b3 = output + (uint32_t)24U;
store64_le(b0, o0);
store64_le(b1, o1);
store64_le(b2, o2);
store64_le(b3, o3);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract(uint8_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_full(input);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_full(input);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_trim(input);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_store(output, input);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_scalar_of_point(uint8_t *scalar, uint64_t *point)
{
uint64_t *x = point;
uint64_t *z = point + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t buf[10U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *zmone = buf;
uint64_t *sc = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
Hacl_Bignum_crecip(zmone, z);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(sc, x, zmone);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract(scalar, sc);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_AddAndDouble_fmonty(
uint64_t *pp,
uint64_t *ppq,
uint64_t *p,
uint64_t *pq,
uint64_t *qmqp
)
{
uint64_t *qx = qmqp;
uint64_t *x2 = pp;
uint64_t *z2 = pp + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *x3 = ppq;
uint64_t *z3 = ppq + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *x = p;
uint64_t *z = p + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *xprime = pq;
uint64_t *zprime = pq + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t buf[40U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *origx = buf;
uint64_t *origxprime0 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *xxprime0 = buf + (uint32_t)25U;
uint64_t *zzprime0 = buf + (uint32_t)30U;
uint64_t *origxprime;
uint64_t *xx0;
uint64_t *zz0;
uint64_t *xxprime;
uint64_t *zzprime;
uint64_t *zzzprime;
uint64_t *zzz;
uint64_t *xx;
uint64_t *zz;
uint64_t scalar;
memcpy(origx, x, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof x[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(x, z);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(z, origx);
memcpy(origxprime0, xprime, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof xprime[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(xprime, zprime);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(zprime, origxprime0);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(xxprime0, xprime, z);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(zzprime0, x, zprime);
origxprime = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
xx0 = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
zz0 = buf + (uint32_t)20U;
xxprime = buf + (uint32_t)25U;
zzprime = buf + (uint32_t)30U;
zzzprime = buf + (uint32_t)35U;
memcpy(origxprime, xxprime, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof xxprime[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(xxprime, zzprime);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(zzprime, origxprime);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(x3, xxprime, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(zzzprime, zzprime, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(z3, zzzprime, qx);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(xx0, x, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(zz0, z, (uint32_t)1U);
zzz = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
xx = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
zz = buf + (uint32_t)20U;
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(x2, xx, zz);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(zz, xx);
scalar = (uint64_t)121665U;
Hacl_Bignum_fscalar(zzz, zz, scalar);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(zzz, xx);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(z2, zzz, zz);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_step(
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint8_t byt
)
{
uint64_t bit0 = (uint64_t)(byt >> (uint32_t)7U);
uint64_t bit;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional(nq, nqpq, bit0);
Hacl_EC_AddAndDouble_fmonty(nq2, nqpq2, nq, nqpq, q);
bit = (uint64_t)(byt >> (uint32_t)7U);
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional(nq2, nqpq2, bit);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_double_step(
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint8_t byt
)
{
uint8_t byt1;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_step(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byt);
byt1 = byt << (uint32_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_step(nq2, nqpq2, nq, nqpq, q, byt1);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop(
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint8_t byt,
uint32_t i
)
{
if (!(i == (uint32_t)0U))
{
uint32_t i_ = i - (uint32_t)1U;
uint8_t byt_;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_double_step(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byt);
byt_ = byt << (uint32_t)2U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byt_, i_);
}
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_BigLoop_cmult_big_loop(
uint8_t *n1,
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint32_t i
)
{
if (!(i == (uint32_t)0U))
{
uint32_t i1 = i - (uint32_t)1U;
uint8_t byte = n1[i1];
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byte, (uint32_t)4U);
Hacl_EC_Ladder_BigLoop_cmult_big_loop(n1, nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, i1);
}
}
static void Hacl_EC_Ladder_cmult(uint64_t *result, uint8_t *n1, uint64_t *q)
{
uint64_t point_buf[40U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *nq = point_buf;
uint64_t *nqpq = point_buf + (uint32_t)10U;
uint64_t *nq2 = point_buf + (uint32_t)20U;
uint64_t *nqpq2 = point_buf + (uint32_t)30U;
Hacl_EC_Point_copy(nqpq, q);
nq[0U] = (uint64_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_BigLoop_cmult_big_loop(n1, nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, (uint32_t)32U);
Hacl_EC_Point_copy(result, nq);
}
void Hacl_Curve25519_crypto_scalarmult(uint8_t *mypublic, uint8_t *secret, uint8_t *basepoint)
{
uint64_t buf0[10U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *x0 = buf0;
uint64_t *z = buf0 + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *q;
Hacl_EC_Format_fexpand(x0, basepoint);
z[0U] = (uint64_t)1U;
q = buf0;
{
uint8_t e[32U] = { 0U };
uint8_t e0;
uint8_t e31;
uint8_t e01;
uint8_t e311;
uint8_t e312;
uint8_t *scalar;
memcpy(e, secret, (uint32_t)32U * sizeof secret[0U]);
e0 = e[0U];
e31 = e[31U];
e01 = e0 & (uint8_t)248U;
e311 = e31 & (uint8_t)127U;
e312 = e311 | (uint8_t)64U;
e[0U] = e01;
e[31U] = e312;
scalar = e;
{
uint64_t buf[15U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *nq = buf;
uint64_t *x = nq;
x[0U] = (uint64_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_cmult(nq, scalar, q);
Hacl_EC_Format_scalar_of_point(mypublic, nq);
}
}
}

View File

@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
/*
* Interface to code from Project Everest
*
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of Mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#include "common.h"
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
#if defined(__SIZEOF_INT128__) && (__SIZEOF_INT128__ == 16)
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT128
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_INT128)
#include "Hacl_Curve25519.c"
#else
#define KRML_VERIFIED_UINT128
#include "kremlib/FStar_UInt128_extracted.c"
#include "legacy/Hacl_Curve25519.c"
#endif
#include "kremlib/FStar_UInt64_FStar_UInt32_FStar_UInt16_FStar_UInt8.c"
#endif /* defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED) */

View File

@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
/*
* Interface to code from Project Everest
*
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of Mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org).
*/
#include "common.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "mbedtls/ecdh.h"
#include "everest/x25519.h"
#include "everest/everest.h"
#include "mbedtls/platform.h"
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
int mbedtls_everest_setup( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, int grp_id )
{
if( grp_id != MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519 )
return MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA;
mbedtls_x25519_init( &ctx->ctx );
return 0;
}
void mbedtls_everest_free( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx )
{
mbedtls_x25519_free( &ctx->ctx );
}
int mbedtls_everest_make_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )( void *, unsigned char *, size_t ),
void *p_rng )
{
mbedtls_x25519_context *x25519_ctx = &ctx->ctx;
return mbedtls_x25519_make_params( x25519_ctx, olen, buf, blen, f_rng, p_rng );
}
int mbedtls_everest_read_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx,
const unsigned char **buf,
const unsigned char *end )
{
mbedtls_x25519_context *x25519_ctx = &ctx->ctx;
return mbedtls_x25519_read_params( x25519_ctx, buf, end );
}
int mbedtls_everest_get_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx,
const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
mbedtls_everest_ecdh_side side )
{
mbedtls_x25519_context *x25519_ctx = &ctx->ctx;
mbedtls_x25519_ecdh_side s = side == MBEDTLS_EVEREST_ECDH_OURS ?
MBEDTLS_X25519_ECDH_OURS :
MBEDTLS_X25519_ECDH_THEIRS;
return mbedtls_x25519_get_params( x25519_ctx, key, s );
}
int mbedtls_everest_make_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )( void *, unsigned char *, size_t ),
void *p_rng )
{
mbedtls_x25519_context *x25519_ctx = &ctx->ctx;
return mbedtls_x25519_make_public( x25519_ctx, olen, buf, blen, f_rng, p_rng );
}
int mbedtls_everest_read_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen )
{
mbedtls_x25519_context *x25519_ctx = &ctx->ctx;
return mbedtls_x25519_read_public ( x25519_ctx, buf, blen );
}
int mbedtls_everest_calc_secret( mbedtls_ecdh_context_everest *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )( void *, unsigned char *, size_t ),
void *p_rng )
{
mbedtls_x25519_context *x25519_ctx = &ctx->ctx;
return mbedtls_x25519_calc_secret( x25519_ctx, olen, buf, blen, f_rng, p_rng );
}
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED */

View File

@@ -1,413 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: ../krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrB9w -minimal -fparentheses -fcurly-braces -fno-shadow -header copyright-header.txt -minimal -tmpdir extracted -warn-error +9+11 -skip-compilation -extract-uints -add-include <inttypes.h> -add-include "kremlib.h" -add-include "kremlin/internal/compat.h" extracted/prims.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives_Native.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives.krml extracted/FStar_Mul.krml extracted/FStar_Squash.krml extracted/FStar_Classical.krml extracted/FStar_StrongExcludedMiddle.krml extracted/FStar_FunctionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Base.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Base.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_Seq.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lib.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lemmas.krml extracted/FStar_BitVector.krml extracted/FStar_UInt.krml extracted/FStar_UInt32.krml extracted/FStar_Int.krml extracted/FStar_Int16.krml extracted/FStar_Preorder.krml extracted/FStar_Ghost.krml extracted/FStar_ErasedLogic.krml extracted/FStar_UInt64.krml extracted/FStar_Set.krml extracted/FStar_PropositionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_PredicateExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_TSet.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Map.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperHeap.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Witnessed.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_ST.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_All.krml extracted/FStar_Date.krml extracted/FStar_Universe.krml extracted/FStar_GSet.krml extracted/FStar_ModifiesGen.krml extracted/LowStar_Monotonic_Buffer.krml extracted/LowStar_Buffer.krml extracted/Spec_Loops.krml extracted/LowStar_BufferOps.krml extracted/C_Loops.krml extracted/FStar_UInt8.krml extracted/FStar_Kremlin_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_UInt63.krml extracted/FStar_Exn.krml extracted/FStar_ST.krml extracted/FStar_All.krml extracted/FStar_Dyn.krml extracted/FStar_Int63.krml extracted/FStar_Int64.krml extracted/FStar_Int32.krml extracted/FStar_Int8.krml extracted/FStar_UInt16.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast.krml extracted/FStar_UInt128.krml extracted/C_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_List.krml extracted/FStar_Float.krml extracted/FStar_IO.krml extracted/C.krml extracted/FStar_Char.krml extracted/FStar_String.krml extracted/LowStar_Modifies.krml extracted/C_String.krml extracted/FStar_Bytes.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_IO.krml extracted/C_Failure.krml extracted/TestLib.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast_Full.krml
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#include "FStar_UInt128.h"
#include "kremlin/c_endianness.h"
#include "FStar_UInt64_FStar_UInt32_FStar_UInt16_FStar_UInt8.h"
uint64_t FStar_UInt128___proj__Mkuint128__item__low(FStar_UInt128_uint128 projectee)
{
return projectee.low;
}
uint64_t FStar_UInt128___proj__Mkuint128__item__high(FStar_UInt128_uint128 projectee)
{
return projectee.high;
}
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_constant_time_carry(uint64_t a, uint64_t b)
{
return (a ^ ((a ^ b) | ((a - b) ^ b))) >> (uint32_t)63U;
}
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_carry(uint64_t a, uint64_t b)
{
return FStar_UInt128_constant_time_carry(a, b);
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { a.low + b.low, a.high + b.high + FStar_UInt128_carry(a.low + b.low, b.low) };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_add_underspec(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { a.low + b.low, a.high + b.high + FStar_UInt128_carry(a.low + b.low, b.low) };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_add_mod(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { a.low + b.low, a.high + b.high + FStar_UInt128_carry(a.low + b.low, b.low) };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_sub(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { a.low - b.low, a.high - b.high - FStar_UInt128_carry(a.low, a.low - b.low) };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_sub_underspec(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { a.low - b.low, a.high - b.high - FStar_UInt128_carry(a.low, a.low - b.low) };
return flat;
}
static FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_sub_mod_impl(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { a.low - b.low, a.high - b.high - FStar_UInt128_carry(a.low, a.low - b.low) };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_sub_mod(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
return FStar_UInt128_sub_mod_impl(a, b);
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_logand(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 flat = { a.low & b.low, a.high & b.high };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_logxor(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 flat = { a.low ^ b.low, a.high ^ b.high };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_logor(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 flat = { a.low | b.low, a.high | b.high };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_lognot(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 flat = { ~a.low, ~a.high };
return flat;
}
static uint32_t FStar_UInt128_u32_64 = (uint32_t)64U;
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_left(uint64_t hi, uint64_t lo, uint32_t s)
{
return (hi << s) + (lo >> (FStar_UInt128_u32_64 - s));
}
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_left_respec(uint64_t hi, uint64_t lo, uint32_t s)
{
return FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_left(hi, lo, s);
}
static FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_shift_left_small(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s)
{
if (s == (uint32_t)0U)
{
return a;
}
else
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { a.low << s, FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_left_respec(a.high, a.low, s) };
return flat;
}
}
static FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_shift_left_large(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 flat = { (uint64_t)0U, a.low << (s - FStar_UInt128_u32_64) };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_shift_left(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s)
{
if (s < FStar_UInt128_u32_64)
{
return FStar_UInt128_shift_left_small(a, s);
}
else
{
return FStar_UInt128_shift_left_large(a, s);
}
}
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_right(uint64_t hi, uint64_t lo, uint32_t s)
{
return (lo >> s) + (hi << (FStar_UInt128_u32_64 - s));
}
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_right_respec(uint64_t hi, uint64_t lo, uint32_t s)
{
return FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_right(hi, lo, s);
}
static FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_shift_right_small(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s)
{
if (s == (uint32_t)0U)
{
return a;
}
else
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat = { FStar_UInt128_add_u64_shift_right_respec(a.high, a.low, s), a.high >> s };
return flat;
}
}
static FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_shift_right_large(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 flat = { a.high >> (s - FStar_UInt128_u32_64), (uint64_t)0U };
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_shift_right(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, uint32_t s)
{
if (s < FStar_UInt128_u32_64)
{
return FStar_UInt128_shift_right_small(a, s);
}
else
{
return FStar_UInt128_shift_right_large(a, s);
}
}
bool FStar_UInt128_eq(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
return a.low == b.low && a.high == b.high;
}
bool FStar_UInt128_gt(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
return a.high > b.high || (a.high == b.high && a.low > b.low);
}
bool FStar_UInt128_lt(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
return a.high < b.high || (a.high == b.high && a.low < b.low);
}
bool FStar_UInt128_gte(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
return a.high > b.high || (a.high == b.high && a.low >= b.low);
}
bool FStar_UInt128_lte(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
return a.high < b.high || (a.high == b.high && a.low <= b.low);
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_eq_mask(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat =
{
FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.low,
b.low)
& FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.high, b.high),
FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.low,
b.low)
& FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.high, b.high)
};
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_gte_mask(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a, FStar_UInt128_uint128 b)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat =
{
(FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(a.high, b.high) & ~FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.high, b.high))
| (FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.high, b.high) & FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(a.low, b.low)),
(FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(a.high, b.high) & ~FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.high, b.high))
| (FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a.high, b.high) & FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(a.low, b.low))
};
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128(uint64_t a)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 flat = { a, (uint64_t)0U };
return flat;
}
uint64_t FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(FStar_UInt128_uint128 a)
{
return a.low;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Plus_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_add;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Plus_Question_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_add_underspec;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Plus_Percent_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_add_mod;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Subtraction_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_sub;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Subtraction_Question_Hat)(
FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0,
FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1
) = FStar_UInt128_sub_underspec;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Subtraction_Percent_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_sub_mod;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Amp_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_logand;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Hat_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_logxor;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Bar_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_logor;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Less_Less_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, uint32_t x1) =
FStar_UInt128_shift_left;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Greater_Greater_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, uint32_t x1) =
FStar_UInt128_shift_right;
bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Equals_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_eq;
bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Greater_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_gt;
bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Less_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_lt;
bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Greater_Equals_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_gte;
bool
(*FStar_UInt128_op_Less_Equals_Hat)(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1) =
FStar_UInt128_lte;
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(uint64_t a)
{
return a & (uint64_t)0xffffffffU;
}
static uint32_t FStar_UInt128_u32_32 = (uint32_t)32U;
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_u32_combine(uint64_t hi, uint64_t lo)
{
return lo + (hi << FStar_UInt128_u32_32);
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_mul32(uint64_t x, uint32_t y)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat =
{
FStar_UInt128_u32_combine((x >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32)
* (uint64_t)y
+ (FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(x) * (uint64_t)y >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32),
FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(x) * (uint64_t)y)),
((x >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32)
* (uint64_t)y
+ (FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(x) * (uint64_t)y >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32))
>> FStar_UInt128_u32_32
};
return flat;
}
typedef struct K___uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t_s
{
uint64_t fst;
uint64_t snd;
uint64_t thd;
uint64_t f3;
}
K___uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t;
static K___uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide_impl_t_(uint64_t x, uint64_t y)
{
K___uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t
flat =
{
FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(x),
FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(x) * FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(y)),
x
>> FStar_UInt128_u32_32,
(x >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32)
* FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(y)
+ (FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(x) * FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(y) >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32)
};
return flat;
}
static uint64_t FStar_UInt128_u32_combine_(uint64_t hi, uint64_t lo)
{
return lo + (hi << FStar_UInt128_u32_32);
}
static FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_mul_wide_impl(uint64_t x, uint64_t y)
{
K___uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t_uint64_t scrut = FStar_UInt128_mul_wide_impl_t_(x, y);
uint64_t u1 = scrut.fst;
uint64_t w3 = scrut.snd;
uint64_t x_ = scrut.thd;
uint64_t t_ = scrut.f3;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
flat =
{
FStar_UInt128_u32_combine_(u1 * (y >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32) + FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(t_),
w3),
x_
* (y >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32)
+ (t_ >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32)
+ ((u1 * (y >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32) + FStar_UInt128_u64_mod_32(t_)) >> FStar_UInt128_u32_32)
};
return flat;
}
FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(uint64_t x, uint64_t y)
{
return FStar_UInt128_mul_wide_impl(x, y);
}

View File

@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: ../krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrB9w -minimal -fparentheses -fcurly-braces -fno-shadow -header copyright-header.txt -minimal -tmpdir dist/minimal -skip-compilation -extract-uints -add-include <inttypes.h> -add-include <stdbool.h> -add-include "kremlin/internal/compat.h" -add-include "kremlin/internal/types.h" -bundle FStar.UInt64+FStar.UInt32+FStar.UInt16+FStar.UInt8=* extracted/prims.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives_Native.krml extracted/FStar_Pervasives.krml extracted/FStar_Mul.krml extracted/FStar_Squash.krml extracted/FStar_Classical.krml extracted/FStar_StrongExcludedMiddle.krml extracted/FStar_FunctionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Base.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_List_Tot.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Base.krml extracted/FStar_Seq_Properties.krml extracted/FStar_Seq.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lib.krml extracted/FStar_Math_Lemmas.krml extracted/FStar_BitVector.krml extracted/FStar_UInt.krml extracted/FStar_UInt32.krml extracted/FStar_Int.krml extracted/FStar_Int16.krml extracted/FStar_Preorder.krml extracted/FStar_Ghost.krml extracted/FStar_ErasedLogic.krml extracted/FStar_UInt64.krml extracted/FStar_Set.krml extracted/FStar_PropositionalExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_PredicateExtensionality.krml extracted/FStar_TSet.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Heap.krml extracted/FStar_Map.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperHeap.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack.krml extracted/FStar_Monotonic_Witnessed.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_ST.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_All.krml extracted/FStar_Date.krml extracted/FStar_Universe.krml extracted/FStar_GSet.krml extracted/FStar_ModifiesGen.krml extracted/LowStar_Monotonic_Buffer.krml extracted/LowStar_Buffer.krml extracted/Spec_Loops.krml extracted/LowStar_BufferOps.krml extracted/C_Loops.krml extracted/FStar_UInt8.krml extracted/FStar_Kremlin_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_UInt63.krml extracted/FStar_Exn.krml extracted/FStar_ST.krml extracted/FStar_All.krml extracted/FStar_Dyn.krml extracted/FStar_Int63.krml extracted/FStar_Int64.krml extracted/FStar_Int32.krml extracted/FStar_Int8.krml extracted/FStar_UInt16.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast.krml extracted/FStar_UInt128.krml extracted/C_Endianness.krml extracted/FStar_List.krml extracted/FStar_Float.krml extracted/FStar_IO.krml extracted/C.krml extracted/FStar_Char.krml extracted/FStar_String.krml extracted/LowStar_Modifies.krml extracted/C_String.krml extracted/FStar_Bytes.krml extracted/FStar_HyperStack_IO.krml extracted/C_Failure.krml extracted/TestLib.krml extracted/FStar_Int_Cast_Full.krml
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#include "FStar_UInt64_FStar_UInt32_FStar_UInt16_FStar_UInt8.h"
uint64_t FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(uint64_t a, uint64_t b)
{
uint64_t x = a ^ b;
uint64_t minus_x = ~x + (uint64_t)1U;
uint64_t x_or_minus_x = x | minus_x;
uint64_t xnx = x_or_minus_x >> (uint32_t)63U;
return xnx - (uint64_t)1U;
}
uint64_t FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(uint64_t a, uint64_t b)
{
uint64_t x = a;
uint64_t y = b;
uint64_t x_xor_y = x ^ y;
uint64_t x_sub_y = x - y;
uint64_t x_sub_y_xor_y = x_sub_y ^ y;
uint64_t q = x_xor_y | x_sub_y_xor_y;
uint64_t x_xor_q = x ^ q;
uint64_t x_xor_q_ = x_xor_q >> (uint32_t)63U;
return x_xor_q_ - (uint64_t)1U;
}
uint32_t FStar_UInt32_eq_mask(uint32_t a, uint32_t b)
{
uint32_t x = a ^ b;
uint32_t minus_x = ~x + (uint32_t)1U;
uint32_t x_or_minus_x = x | minus_x;
uint32_t xnx = x_or_minus_x >> (uint32_t)31U;
return xnx - (uint32_t)1U;
}
uint32_t FStar_UInt32_gte_mask(uint32_t a, uint32_t b)
{
uint32_t x = a;
uint32_t y = b;
uint32_t x_xor_y = x ^ y;
uint32_t x_sub_y = x - y;
uint32_t x_sub_y_xor_y = x_sub_y ^ y;
uint32_t q = x_xor_y | x_sub_y_xor_y;
uint32_t x_xor_q = x ^ q;
uint32_t x_xor_q_ = x_xor_q >> (uint32_t)31U;
return x_xor_q_ - (uint32_t)1U;
}
uint16_t FStar_UInt16_eq_mask(uint16_t a, uint16_t b)
{
uint16_t x = a ^ b;
uint16_t minus_x = ~x + (uint16_t)1U;
uint16_t x_or_minus_x = x | minus_x;
uint16_t xnx = x_or_minus_x >> (uint32_t)15U;
return xnx - (uint16_t)1U;
}
uint16_t FStar_UInt16_gte_mask(uint16_t a, uint16_t b)
{
uint16_t x = a;
uint16_t y = b;
uint16_t x_xor_y = x ^ y;
uint16_t x_sub_y = x - y;
uint16_t x_sub_y_xor_y = x_sub_y ^ y;
uint16_t q = x_xor_y | x_sub_y_xor_y;
uint16_t x_xor_q = x ^ q;
uint16_t x_xor_q_ = x_xor_q >> (uint32_t)15U;
return x_xor_q_ - (uint16_t)1U;
}
uint8_t FStar_UInt8_eq_mask(uint8_t a, uint8_t b)
{
uint8_t x = a ^ b;
uint8_t minus_x = ~x + (uint8_t)1U;
uint8_t x_or_minus_x = x | minus_x;
uint8_t xnx = x_or_minus_x >> (uint32_t)7U;
return xnx - (uint8_t)1U;
}
uint8_t FStar_UInt8_gte_mask(uint8_t a, uint8_t b)
{
uint8_t x = a;
uint8_t y = b;
uint8_t x_xor_y = x ^ y;
uint8_t x_sub_y = x - y;
uint8_t x_sub_y_xor_y = x_sub_y ^ y;
uint8_t q = x_xor_y | x_sub_y_xor_y;
uint8_t x_xor_q = x ^ q;
uint8_t x_xor_q_ = x_xor_q >> (uint32_t)7U;
return x_xor_q_ - (uint8_t)1U;
}

View File

@@ -1,805 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (c) INRIA and Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache 2.0 License. */
/* This file was generated by KreMLin <https://github.com/FStarLang/kremlin>
* KreMLin invocation: /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/krml -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -fc89 -fparentheses -fno-shadow -header /mnt/e/everest/verify/hdrcLh -minimal -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/code/lib/kremlin -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/kremlin/kremlib/compat -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs -I /mnt/e/everest/verify/hacl-star/specs/old -I . -ccopt -march=native -verbose -ldopt -flto -tmpdir x25519-c -I ../bignum -bundle Hacl.Curve25519=* -minimal -add-include "kremlib.h" -skip-compilation x25519-c/out.krml -o x25519-c/Hacl_Curve25519.c
* F* version: 059db0c8
* KreMLin version: 916c37ac
*/
#include "Hacl_Curve25519.h"
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_add_mod(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128
FStar_UInt128_logand(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, FStar_UInt128_uint128 x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_shift_right(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0, uint32_t x1);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128(uint64_t x0);
extern uint64_t FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(FStar_UInt128_uint128 x0);
extern FStar_UInt128_uint128 FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(uint64_t x0, uint64_t x1);
static void Hacl_Bignum_Modulo_carry_top(uint64_t *b)
{
uint64_t b4 = b[4U];
uint64_t b0 = b[0U];
uint64_t b4_ = b4 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t b0_ = b0 + (uint64_t)19U * (b4 >> (uint32_t)51U);
b[4U] = b4_;
b[0U] = b0_;
}
inline static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(uint64_t *output, FStar_UInt128_uint128 *input)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 xi = input[i];
output[i] = FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(xi);
}
}
inline static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_sum_scalar_multiplication_(
FStar_UInt128_uint128 *output,
uint64_t *input,
uint64_t s
)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 xi = output[i];
uint64_t yi = input[i];
output[i] = FStar_UInt128_add_mod(xi, FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(yi, s));
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(FStar_UInt128_uint128 *tmp)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)4U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint32_t ctr = i;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 tctr = tmp[ctr];
FStar_UInt128_uint128 tctrp1 = tmp[ctr + (uint32_t)1U];
uint64_t r0 = FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(tctr) & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 c = FStar_UInt128_shift_right(tctr, (uint32_t)51U);
tmp[ctr] = FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128(r0);
tmp[ctr + (uint32_t)1U] = FStar_UInt128_add(tctrp1, c);
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_shift_reduce(uint64_t *output)
{
uint64_t tmp = output[4U];
uint64_t b0;
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)4U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint32_t ctr = (uint32_t)5U - i - (uint32_t)1U;
uint64_t z = output[ctr - (uint32_t)1U];
output[ctr] = z;
}
}
output[0U] = tmp;
b0 = output[0U];
output[0U] = (uint64_t)19U * b0;
}
static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_mul_shift_reduce_(
FStar_UInt128_uint128 *output,
uint64_t *input,
uint64_t *input2
)
{
uint32_t i;
uint64_t input2i;
{
uint32_t i0;
for (i0 = (uint32_t)0U; i0 < (uint32_t)4U; i0 = i0 + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t input2i0 = input2[i0];
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_sum_scalar_multiplication_(output, input, input2i0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_shift_reduce(input);
}
}
i = (uint32_t)4U;
input2i = input2[i];
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_sum_scalar_multiplication_(output, input, input2i);
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input, uint64_t *input2)
{
uint64_t tmp[5U] = { 0U };
memcpy(tmp, input, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof input[0U]);
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (FStar_UInt128_uint128), (uint32_t)5U);
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 t[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
t[_i] = FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128((uint64_t)0U);
}
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b4;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b0;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b4_;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b0_;
uint64_t i0;
uint64_t i1;
uint64_t i0_;
uint64_t i1_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_mul_shift_reduce_(t, tmp, input2);
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(t);
b4 = t[4U];
b0 = t[0U];
b4_ = FStar_UInt128_logand(b4, FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU));
b0_ =
FStar_UInt128_add(b0,
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide((uint64_t)19U,
FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(FStar_UInt128_shift_right(b4, (uint32_t)51U))));
t[4U] = b4_;
t[0U] = b0_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(output, t);
i0 = output[0U];
i1 = output[1U];
i0_ = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
i1_ = i1 + (i0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
output[0U] = i0_;
output[1U] = i1_;
}
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare__(FStar_UInt128_uint128 *tmp, uint64_t *output)
{
uint64_t r0 = output[0U];
uint64_t r1 = output[1U];
uint64_t r2 = output[2U];
uint64_t r3 = output[3U];
uint64_t r4 = output[4U];
uint64_t d0 = r0 * (uint64_t)2U;
uint64_t d1 = r1 * (uint64_t)2U;
uint64_t d2 = r2 * (uint64_t)2U * (uint64_t)19U;
uint64_t d419 = r4 * (uint64_t)19U;
uint64_t d4 = d419 * (uint64_t)2U;
FStar_UInt128_uint128
s0 =
FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(r0, r0),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d4, r1)),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d2, r3));
FStar_UInt128_uint128
s1 =
FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d0, r1),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d4, r2)),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(r3 * (uint64_t)19U, r3));
FStar_UInt128_uint128
s2 =
FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d0, r2),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(r1, r1)),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d4, r3));
FStar_UInt128_uint128
s3 =
FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d0, r3),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d1, r2)),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(r4, d419));
FStar_UInt128_uint128
s4 =
FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_add(FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d0, r4),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(d1, r3)),
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(r2, r2));
tmp[0U] = s0;
tmp[1U] = s1;
tmp[2U] = s2;
tmp[3U] = s3;
tmp[4U] = s4;
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_(FStar_UInt128_uint128 *tmp, uint64_t *output)
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b4;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b0;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b4_;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b0_;
uint64_t i0;
uint64_t i1;
uint64_t i0_;
uint64_t i1_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare__(tmp, output);
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(tmp);
b4 = tmp[4U];
b0 = tmp[0U];
b4_ = FStar_UInt128_logand(b4, FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU));
b0_ =
FStar_UInt128_add(b0,
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide((uint64_t)19U,
FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(FStar_UInt128_shift_right(b4, (uint32_t)51U))));
tmp[4U] = b4_;
tmp[0U] = b0_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(output, tmp);
i0 = output[0U];
i1 = output[1U];
i0_ = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
i1_ = i1 + (i0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
output[0U] = i0_;
output[1U] = i1_;
}
static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_(
uint64_t *input,
FStar_UInt128_uint128 *tmp,
uint32_t count1
)
{
uint32_t i;
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_(tmp, input);
for (i = (uint32_t)1U; i < count1; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_(tmp, input);
}
inline static void
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input, uint32_t count1)
{
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (FStar_UInt128_uint128), (uint32_t)5U);
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 t[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
t[_i] = FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128((uint64_t)0U);
}
memcpy(output, input, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof input[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_(output, t, count1);
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(uint64_t *output, uint32_t count1)
{
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (FStar_UInt128_uint128), (uint32_t)5U);
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 t[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
t[_i] = FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128((uint64_t)0U);
}
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_(output, t, count1);
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_Crecip_crecip(uint64_t *out, uint64_t *z)
{
uint64_t buf[20U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *a0 = buf;
uint64_t *t00 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *b0 = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
uint64_t *t01;
uint64_t *b1;
uint64_t *c0;
uint64_t *a;
uint64_t *t0;
uint64_t *b;
uint64_t *c;
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(a0, z, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t00, a0, (uint32_t)2U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b0, t00, z);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(a0, b0, a0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t00, a0, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b0, t00, b0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t00, b0, (uint32_t)5U);
t01 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
b1 = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
c0 = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b1, t01, b1);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t01, b1, (uint32_t)10U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(c0, t01, b1);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t01, c0, (uint32_t)20U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(t01, t01, c0);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(t01, (uint32_t)10U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(b1, t01, b1);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t01, b1, (uint32_t)50U);
a = buf;
t0 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
b = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
c = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(c, t0, b);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(t0, c, (uint32_t)100U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(t0, t0, c);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(t0, (uint32_t)50U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(t0, t0, b);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times_inplace(t0, (uint32_t)5U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(out, t0, a);
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fsum(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b)
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t xi = a[i];
uint64_t yi = b[i];
a[i] = xi + yi;
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b)
{
uint64_t tmp[5U] = { 0U };
uint64_t b0;
uint64_t b1;
uint64_t b2;
uint64_t b3;
uint64_t b4;
memcpy(tmp, b, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof b[0U]);
b0 = tmp[0U];
b1 = tmp[1U];
b2 = tmp[2U];
b3 = tmp[3U];
b4 = tmp[4U];
tmp[0U] = b0 + (uint64_t)0x3fffffffffff68U;
tmp[1U] = b1 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
tmp[2U] = b2 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
tmp[3U] = b3 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
tmp[4U] = b4 + (uint64_t)0x3ffffffffffff8U;
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t xi = a[i];
uint64_t yi = tmp[i];
a[i] = yi - xi;
}
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fscalar(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *b, uint64_t s)
{
KRML_CHECK_SIZE(sizeof (FStar_UInt128_uint128), (uint32_t)5U);
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 tmp[5U];
{
uint32_t _i;
for (_i = 0U; _i < (uint32_t)5U; ++_i)
tmp[_i] = FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128((uint64_t)0U);
}
{
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b4;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b0;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b4_;
FStar_UInt128_uint128 b0_;
{
uint32_t i;
for (i = (uint32_t)0U; i < (uint32_t)5U; i = i + (uint32_t)1U)
{
uint64_t xi = b[i];
tmp[i] = FStar_UInt128_mul_wide(xi, s);
}
}
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_carry_wide_(tmp);
b4 = tmp[4U];
b0 = tmp[0U];
b4_ = FStar_UInt128_logand(b4, FStar_UInt128_uint64_to_uint128((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU));
b0_ =
FStar_UInt128_add(b0,
FStar_UInt128_mul_wide((uint64_t)19U,
FStar_UInt128_uint128_to_uint64(FStar_UInt128_shift_right(b4, (uint32_t)51U))));
tmp[4U] = b4_;
tmp[0U] = b0_;
Hacl_Bignum_Fproduct_copy_from_wide_(output, tmp);
}
}
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_fmul(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b)
{
Hacl_Bignum_Fmul_fmul(output, a, b);
}
inline static void Hacl_Bignum_crecip(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
Hacl_Bignum_Crecip_crecip(output, input);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_step(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b, uint64_t swap1, uint32_t ctr)
{
uint32_t i = ctr - (uint32_t)1U;
uint64_t ai = a[i];
uint64_t bi = b[i];
uint64_t x = swap1 & (ai ^ bi);
uint64_t ai1 = ai ^ x;
uint64_t bi1 = bi ^ x;
a[i] = ai1;
b[i] = bi1;
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b, uint64_t swap1, uint32_t ctr)
{
if (!(ctr == (uint32_t)0U))
{
uint32_t i;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_step(a, b, swap1, ctr);
i = ctr - (uint32_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(a, b, swap1, i);
}
}
static void Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional(uint64_t *a, uint64_t *b, uint64_t iswap)
{
uint64_t swap1 = (uint64_t)0U - iswap;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(a, b, swap1, (uint32_t)5U);
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional_(a + (uint32_t)5U, b + (uint32_t)5U, swap1, (uint32_t)5U);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Point_copy(uint64_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
memcpy(output, input, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof input[0U]);
memcpy(output + (uint32_t)5U,
input + (uint32_t)5U,
(uint32_t)5U * sizeof (input + (uint32_t)5U)[0U]);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fexpand(uint64_t *output, uint8_t *input)
{
uint64_t i0 = load64_le(input);
uint8_t *x00 = input + (uint32_t)6U;
uint64_t i1 = load64_le(x00);
uint8_t *x01 = input + (uint32_t)12U;
uint64_t i2 = load64_le(x01);
uint8_t *x02 = input + (uint32_t)19U;
uint64_t i3 = load64_le(x02);
uint8_t *x0 = input + (uint32_t)24U;
uint64_t i4 = load64_le(x0);
uint64_t output0 = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output1 = i1 >> (uint32_t)3U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output2 = i2 >> (uint32_t)6U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output3 = i3 >> (uint32_t)1U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t output4 = i4 >> (uint32_t)12U & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
output[0U] = output0;
output[1U] = output1;
output[2U] = output2;
output[3U] = output3;
output[4U] = output4;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_pass(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t t0 = input[0U];
uint64_t t1 = input[1U];
uint64_t t2 = input[2U];
uint64_t t3 = input[3U];
uint64_t t4 = input[4U];
uint64_t t1_ = t1 + (t0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t0_ = t0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t2_ = t2 + (t1_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t1__ = t1_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t3_ = t3 + (t2_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t2__ = t2_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t4_ = t4 + (t3_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t3__ = t3_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
input[0U] = t0_;
input[1U] = t1__;
input[2U] = t2__;
input[3U] = t3__;
input[4U] = t4_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_full(uint64_t *input)
{
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_pass(input);
Hacl_Bignum_Modulo_carry_top(input);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_pass(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t t0 = input[0U];
uint64_t t1 = input[1U];
uint64_t t2 = input[2U];
uint64_t t3 = input[3U];
uint64_t t4 = input[4U];
uint64_t t1_ = t1 + (t0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t0_ = t0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t2_ = t2 + (t1_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t1__ = t1_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t3_ = t3 + (t2_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t2__ = t2_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
uint64_t t4_ = t4 + (t3_ >> (uint32_t)51U);
uint64_t t3__ = t3_ & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
input[0U] = t0_;
input[1U] = t1__;
input[2U] = t2__;
input[3U] = t3__;
input[4U] = t4_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_full(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t i0;
uint64_t i1;
uint64_t i0_;
uint64_t i1_;
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_pass(input);
Hacl_Bignum_Modulo_carry_top(input);
i0 = input[0U];
i1 = input[1U];
i0_ = i0 & (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU;
i1_ = i1 + (i0 >> (uint32_t)51U);
input[0U] = i0_;
input[1U] = i1_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_trim(uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t a0 = input[0U];
uint64_t a1 = input[1U];
uint64_t a2 = input[2U];
uint64_t a3 = input[3U];
uint64_t a4 = input[4U];
uint64_t mask0 = FStar_UInt64_gte_mask(a0, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffedU);
uint64_t mask1 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a1, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask2 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a2, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask3 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a3, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask4 = FStar_UInt64_eq_mask(a4, (uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU);
uint64_t mask = (((mask0 & mask1) & mask2) & mask3) & mask4;
uint64_t a0_ = a0 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffedU & mask);
uint64_t a1_ = a1 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
uint64_t a2_ = a2 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
uint64_t a3_ = a3 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
uint64_t a4_ = a4 - ((uint64_t)0x7ffffffffffffU & mask);
input[0U] = a0_;
input[1U] = a1_;
input[2U] = a2_;
input[3U] = a3_;
input[4U] = a4_;
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_store(uint8_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
uint64_t t0 = input[0U];
uint64_t t1 = input[1U];
uint64_t t2 = input[2U];
uint64_t t3 = input[3U];
uint64_t t4 = input[4U];
uint64_t o0 = t1 << (uint32_t)51U | t0;
uint64_t o1 = t2 << (uint32_t)38U | t1 >> (uint32_t)13U;
uint64_t o2 = t3 << (uint32_t)25U | t2 >> (uint32_t)26U;
uint64_t o3 = t4 << (uint32_t)12U | t3 >> (uint32_t)39U;
uint8_t *b0 = output;
uint8_t *b1 = output + (uint32_t)8U;
uint8_t *b2 = output + (uint32_t)16U;
uint8_t *b3 = output + (uint32_t)24U;
store64_le(b0, o0);
store64_le(b1, o1);
store64_le(b2, o2);
store64_le(b3, o3);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract(uint8_t *output, uint64_t *input)
{
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_first_carry_full(input);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_second_carry_full(input);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_trim(input);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract_store(output, input);
}
static void Hacl_EC_Format_scalar_of_point(uint8_t *scalar, uint64_t *point)
{
uint64_t *x = point;
uint64_t *z = point + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t buf[10U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *zmone = buf;
uint64_t *sc = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
Hacl_Bignum_crecip(zmone, z);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(sc, x, zmone);
Hacl_EC_Format_fcontract(scalar, sc);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_AddAndDouble_fmonty(
uint64_t *pp,
uint64_t *ppq,
uint64_t *p,
uint64_t *pq,
uint64_t *qmqp
)
{
uint64_t *qx = qmqp;
uint64_t *x2 = pp;
uint64_t *z2 = pp + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *x3 = ppq;
uint64_t *z3 = ppq + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *x = p;
uint64_t *z = p + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *xprime = pq;
uint64_t *zprime = pq + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t buf[40U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *origx = buf;
uint64_t *origxprime0 = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *xxprime0 = buf + (uint32_t)25U;
uint64_t *zzprime0 = buf + (uint32_t)30U;
uint64_t *origxprime;
uint64_t *xx0;
uint64_t *zz0;
uint64_t *xxprime;
uint64_t *zzprime;
uint64_t *zzzprime;
uint64_t *zzz;
uint64_t *xx;
uint64_t *zz;
uint64_t scalar;
memcpy(origx, x, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof x[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(x, z);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(z, origx);
memcpy(origxprime0, xprime, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof xprime[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(xprime, zprime);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(zprime, origxprime0);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(xxprime0, xprime, z);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(zzprime0, x, zprime);
origxprime = buf + (uint32_t)5U;
xx0 = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
zz0 = buf + (uint32_t)20U;
xxprime = buf + (uint32_t)25U;
zzprime = buf + (uint32_t)30U;
zzzprime = buf + (uint32_t)35U;
memcpy(origxprime, xxprime, (uint32_t)5U * sizeof xxprime[0U]);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(xxprime, zzprime);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(zzprime, origxprime);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(x3, xxprime, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(zzzprime, zzprime, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(z3, zzzprime, qx);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(xx0, x, (uint32_t)1U);
Hacl_Bignum_Fsquare_fsquare_times(zz0, z, (uint32_t)1U);
zzz = buf + (uint32_t)10U;
xx = buf + (uint32_t)15U;
zz = buf + (uint32_t)20U;
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(x2, xx, zz);
Hacl_Bignum_fdifference(zz, xx);
scalar = (uint64_t)121665U;
Hacl_Bignum_fscalar(zzz, zz, scalar);
Hacl_Bignum_fsum(zzz, xx);
Hacl_Bignum_fmul(z2, zzz, zz);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_step(
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint8_t byt
)
{
uint64_t bit0 = (uint64_t)(byt >> (uint32_t)7U);
uint64_t bit;
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional(nq, nqpq, bit0);
Hacl_EC_AddAndDouble_fmonty(nq2, nqpq2, nq, nqpq, q);
bit = (uint64_t)(byt >> (uint32_t)7U);
Hacl_EC_Point_swap_conditional(nq2, nqpq2, bit);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_double_step(
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint8_t byt
)
{
uint8_t byt1;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_step(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byt);
byt1 = byt << (uint32_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_step(nq2, nqpq2, nq, nqpq, q, byt1);
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop(
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint8_t byt,
uint32_t i
)
{
if (!(i == (uint32_t)0U))
{
uint32_t i_ = i - (uint32_t)1U;
uint8_t byt_;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop_double_step(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byt);
byt_ = byt << (uint32_t)2U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byt_, i_);
}
}
static void
Hacl_EC_Ladder_BigLoop_cmult_big_loop(
uint8_t *n1,
uint64_t *nq,
uint64_t *nqpq,
uint64_t *nq2,
uint64_t *nqpq2,
uint64_t *q,
uint32_t i
)
{
if (!(i == (uint32_t)0U))
{
uint32_t i1 = i - (uint32_t)1U;
uint8_t byte = n1[i1];
Hacl_EC_Ladder_SmallLoop_cmult_small_loop(nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, byte, (uint32_t)4U);
Hacl_EC_Ladder_BigLoop_cmult_big_loop(n1, nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, i1);
}
}
static void Hacl_EC_Ladder_cmult(uint64_t *result, uint8_t *n1, uint64_t *q)
{
uint64_t point_buf[40U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *nq = point_buf;
uint64_t *nqpq = point_buf + (uint32_t)10U;
uint64_t *nq2 = point_buf + (uint32_t)20U;
uint64_t *nqpq2 = point_buf + (uint32_t)30U;
Hacl_EC_Point_copy(nqpq, q);
nq[0U] = (uint64_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_BigLoop_cmult_big_loop(n1, nq, nqpq, nq2, nqpq2, q, (uint32_t)32U);
Hacl_EC_Point_copy(result, nq);
}
void Hacl_Curve25519_crypto_scalarmult(uint8_t *mypublic, uint8_t *secret, uint8_t *basepoint)
{
uint64_t buf0[10U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *x0 = buf0;
uint64_t *z = buf0 + (uint32_t)5U;
uint64_t *q;
Hacl_EC_Format_fexpand(x0, basepoint);
z[0U] = (uint64_t)1U;
q = buf0;
{
uint8_t e[32U] = { 0U };
uint8_t e0;
uint8_t e31;
uint8_t e01;
uint8_t e311;
uint8_t e312;
uint8_t *scalar;
memcpy(e, secret, (uint32_t)32U * sizeof secret[0U]);
e0 = e[0U];
e31 = e[31U];
e01 = e0 & (uint8_t)248U;
e311 = e31 & (uint8_t)127U;
e312 = e311 | (uint8_t)64U;
e[0U] = e01;
e[31U] = e312;
scalar = e;
{
uint64_t buf[15U] = { 0U };
uint64_t *nq = buf;
uint64_t *x = nq;
x[0U] = (uint64_t)1U;
Hacl_EC_Ladder_cmult(nq, scalar, q);
Hacl_EC_Format_scalar_of_point(mypublic, nq);
}
}
}

View File

@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
/*
* ECDH with curve-optimized implementation multiplexing
*
* Copyright 2016-2018 INRIA and Microsoft Corporation
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
*
* Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
* not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at
*
* http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
* WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
* This file is part of Mbed TLS (https://tls.mbed.org)
*/
#include "common.h"
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED)
#include <mbedtls/ecdh.h>
#if !(defined(__SIZEOF_INT128__) && (__SIZEOF_INT128__ == 16))
#define KRML_VERIFIED_UINT128
#endif
#include <Hacl_Curve25519.h>
#include <mbedtls/platform_util.h>
#include "x25519.h"
#include <string.h>
/*
* Initialize context
*/
void mbedtls_x25519_init( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx )
{
mbedtls_platform_zeroize( ctx, sizeof( mbedtls_x25519_context ) );
}
/*
* Free context
*/
void mbedtls_x25519_free( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx )
{
if( ctx == NULL )
return;
mbedtls_platform_zeroize( ctx->our_secret, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES );
mbedtls_platform_zeroize( ctx->peer_point, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES );
}
int mbedtls_x25519_make_params( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng )
{
int ret = 0;
uint8_t base[MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES] = {0};
if( ( ret = f_rng( p_rng, ctx->our_secret, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES ) ) != 0 )
return ret;
*olen = MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES + 4;
if( blen < *olen )
return( MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL );
*buf++ = MBEDTLS_ECP_TLS_NAMED_CURVE;
*buf++ = MBEDTLS_ECP_TLS_CURVE25519 >> 8;
*buf++ = MBEDTLS_ECP_TLS_CURVE25519 & 0xFF;
*buf++ = MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES;
base[0] = 9;
Hacl_Curve25519_crypto_scalarmult( buf, ctx->our_secret, base );
base[0] = 0;
if( memcmp( buf, base, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES) == 0 )
return MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_RANDOM_FAILED;
return( 0 );
}
int mbedtls_x25519_read_params( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx,
const unsigned char **buf, const unsigned char *end )
{
if( end - *buf < MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES + 1 )
return( MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
if( ( *(*buf)++ != MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES ) )
return( MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
memcpy( ctx->peer_point, *buf, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES );
*buf += MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES;
return( 0 );
}
int mbedtls_x25519_get_params( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key,
mbedtls_x25519_ecdh_side side )
{
size_t olen = 0;
switch( side ) {
case MBEDTLS_X25519_ECDH_THEIRS:
return mbedtls_ecp_point_write_binary( &key->grp, &key->Q, MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED, &olen, ctx->peer_point, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES );
case MBEDTLS_X25519_ECDH_OURS:
return mbedtls_mpi_write_binary_le( &key->d, ctx->our_secret, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES );
default:
return( MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
}
}
int mbedtls_x25519_calc_secret( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng )
{
/* f_rng and p_rng are not used here because this implementation does not
need blinding since it has constant trace. */
(( void )f_rng);
(( void )p_rng);
*olen = MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES;
if( blen < *olen )
return( MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL );
Hacl_Curve25519_crypto_scalarmult( buf, ctx->our_secret, ctx->peer_point);
/* Wipe the DH secret and don't let the peer chose a small subgroup point */
mbedtls_platform_zeroize( ctx->our_secret, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES );
if( memcmp( buf, ctx->our_secret, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES) == 0 )
return MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_RANDOM_FAILED;
return( 0 );
}
int mbedtls_x25519_make_public( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx, size_t *olen,
unsigned char *buf, size_t blen,
int( *f_rng )(void *, unsigned char *, size_t),
void *p_rng )
{
int ret = 0;
unsigned char base[MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES] = { 0 };
if( ctx == NULL )
return( MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
if( ( ret = f_rng( p_rng, ctx->our_secret, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES ) ) != 0 )
return ret;
*olen = MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES + 1;
if( blen < *olen )
return(MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL);
*buf++ = MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES;
base[0] = 9;
Hacl_Curve25519_crypto_scalarmult( buf, ctx->our_secret, base );
base[0] = 0;
if( memcmp( buf, base, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES ) == 0 )
return MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_RANDOM_FAILED;
return( ret );
}
int mbedtls_x25519_read_public( mbedtls_x25519_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen )
{
if( blen < MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES + 1 )
return(MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL);
if( (*buf++ != MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES) )
return(MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA);
memcpy( ctx->peer_point, buf, MBEDTLS_X25519_KEY_SIZE_BYTES );
return( 0 );
}
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDH_C && MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_EVEREST_ENABLED */

View File

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
# Maintained branches
At any point in time, we have a number of maintained branches, currently consisting of:
- The [`main`](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/tree/main) branch:
this always contains the latest release, including all publicly available
security fixes.
- The [`development`](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/tree/development) branch:
this is where the next major version of Mbed TLS (version 4.0) is being
prepared. It has API changes that make it incompatible with Mbed TLS 3.x,
as well as all the new features and bug fixes and security fixes.
- One or more long-time support (LTS) branches: these only get bug fixes and
security fixes. Currently, the supported LTS branches are:
- [`mbedtls-2.28`](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/tree/mbedtls-2.28).
- [`mbedtls-3.6`](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/tree/mbedtls-3.6).
We retain a number of historical branches, whose names are prefixed by `archive/`,
such as [`archive/mbedtls-2.7`](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/tree/archive/mbedtls-2.7).
These branches will not receive any changes or updates.
We use [Semantic Versioning](https://semver.org/). In particular, we maintain
API compatibility in the `main` branch across minor version changes (e.g.
the API of 3.(x+1) is backward compatible with 3.x). We only break API
compatibility on major version changes (e.g. from 3.x to 4.0). We also maintain
ABI compatibility within LTS branches; see the next section for details.
We will make regular LTS releases on an 18-month cycle, each of which will have
a 3 year support lifetime. On this basis, 3.6 LTS (released March 2024) will be
supported until March 2027. The next LTS release will be a 4.x release, which is
planned for September 2025.
## Backwards Compatibility for application code
We maintain API compatibility in released versions of Mbed TLS. If you have
code that's working and secure with Mbed TLS x.y.z and does not rely on
undocumented features, then you should be able to re-compile it without
modification with any later release x.y'.z' with the same major version
number, and your code will still build, be secure, and work.
Note that this guarantee only applies if you either use the default
compile-time configuration (`mbedtls/mbedtls_config.h`) or the same modified
compile-time configuration. Changing compile-time configuration options can
result in an incompatible API or ABI, although features will generally not
affect unrelated features (for example, enabling or disabling a
cryptographic algorithm does not break code that does not use that
algorithm).
Note that new releases of Mbed TLS may extend the API. Here are some
examples of changes that are common in minor releases of Mbed TLS, and are
not considered API compatibility breaks:
* Adding or reordering fields in a structure or union.
* Removing a field from a structure, unless the field is documented as public.
* Adding items to an enum.
* Returning an error code that was not previously documented for a function
when a new error condition arises.
* Changing which error code is returned in a case where multiple error
conditions apply.
* Changing the behavior of a function from failing to succeeding, when the
change is a reasonable extension of the current behavior, i.e. the
addition of a new feature.
There are rare exceptions where we break API compatibility: code that was
relying on something that became insecure in the meantime (for example,
crypto that was found to be weak) may need to be changed. In case security
comes in conflict with backwards compatibility, we will put security first,
but always attempt to provide a compatibility option.
## Backward compatibility for the key store
We maintain backward compatibility with previous versions of the
PSA Crypto persistent storage since Mbed TLS 2.25.0, provided that the
storage backend (PSA ITS implementation) is configured in a compatible way.
We intend to maintain this backward compatibility throughout a major version
of Mbed TLS (for example, all Mbed TLS 3.y versions will be able to read
keys written under any Mbed TLS 3.x with x <= y).
Mbed TLS 3.x can also read keys written by Mbed TLS 2.25.0 through 2.28.x
LTS, but future major version upgrades (for example from 2.28.x/3.x to 4.y)
may require the use of an upgrade tool.
Note that this guarantee does not currently fully extend to drivers, which
are an experimental feature. We intend to maintain compatibility with the
basic use of drivers from Mbed TLS 2.28.0 onwards, even if driver APIs
change. However, for more experimental parts of the driver interface, such
as the use of driver state, we do not yet guarantee backward compatibility.
## Long-time support branches
For the LTS branches, additionally we try very hard to also maintain ABI
compatibility (same definition as API except with re-linking instead of
re-compiling) and to avoid any increase in code size or RAM usage, or in the
minimum version of tools needed to build the code. The only exception, as
before, is in case those goals would conflict with fixing a security issue, we
will put security first but provide a compatibility option. (So far we never
had to break ABI compatibility in an LTS branch, but we occasionally had to
increase code size for a security fix.)
For contributors, see the [Backwards Compatibility section of
CONTRIBUTING](CONTRIBUTING.md#backwards-compatibility).
## Current Branches
The following branches are currently maintained:
- [main](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/tree/main)
- [`development`](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/)
- [`mbedtls-3.6`](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/tree/mbedtls-3.6)
maintained until March 2027, see
<https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/releases/tag/v3.6.0>.
- [`mbedtls-2.28`](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/tree/mbedtls-2.28)
maintained until the end of 2024, see
<https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/releases/tag/v2.28.8>.
Users are urged to always use the latest version of a maintained branch.

View File

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
## Known issues
Known issues in Mbed TLS are [tracked on GitHub](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues).
## Reporting a bug
If you think you've found a bug in Mbed TLS, please follow these steps:
1. Make sure you're using the latest version of a
[maintained branch](BRANCHES.md): `main`, `development`,
or a long-time support branch.
2. Check [GitHub](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues) to see if
your issue has already been reported. If not, …
3. If the issue is a security risk (for example: buffer overflow,
data leak), please report it confidentially as described in
[`SECURITY.md`](SECURITY.md). If not, …
4. Please [create an issue on on GitHub](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues).
Please do not use GitHub for support questions. If you want to know
how to do something with Mbed TLS, please see [`SUPPORT.md`](SUPPORT.md) for available documentation and support channels.

View File

@@ -1,376 +0,0 @@
#
# CMake build system design considerations:
#
# - Include directories:
# + Do not define include directories globally using the include_directories
# command but rather at the target level using the
# target_include_directories command. That way, it is easier to guarantee
# that targets are built using the proper list of include directories.
# + Use the PUBLIC and PRIVATE keywords to specify the scope of include
# directories. That way, a target linking to a library (using the
# target_link_libraries command) inherits from the library PUBLIC include
# directories and not from the PRIVATE ones.
# + Note: there is currently one remaining include_directories command in the
# CMake files. It is related to ZLIB support which is planned to be removed.
# When the support is removed, the associated include_directories command
# will be removed as well as this note.
# - MBEDTLS_TARGET_PREFIX: CMake targets are designed to be alterable by calling
# CMake in order to avoid target name clashes, via the use of
# MBEDTLS_TARGET_PREFIX. The value of this variable is prefixed to the
# mbedtls, mbedx509, mbedcrypto and apidoc targets.
#
cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.8.12)
# https://cmake.org/cmake/help/latest/policy/CMP0011.html
# Setting this policy is required in CMake >= 3.18.0, otherwise a warning is generated. The OLD
# policy setting is deprecated, and will be removed in future versions.
cmake_policy(SET CMP0011 NEW)
# https://cmake.org/cmake/help/latest/policy/CMP0012.html
# Setting the CMP0012 policy to NEW is required for FindPython3 to work with CMake 3.18.2
# (there is a bug in this particular version), otherwise, setting the CMP0012 policy is required
# for CMake versions >= 3.18.3 otherwise a deprecated warning is generated. The OLD policy setting
# is deprecated and will be removed in future versions.
cmake_policy(SET CMP0012 NEW)
if(TEST_CPP)
project("Mbed TLS" C CXX)
else()
project("Mbed TLS" C)
endif()
include(GNUInstallDirs)
# Set the project root directory.
set(MBEDTLS_DIR ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
option(USE_PKCS11_HELPER_LIBRARY "Build Mbed TLS with the pkcs11-helper library." OFF)
option(ENABLE_ZLIB_SUPPORT "Build Mbed TLS with zlib library." OFF)
option(ENABLE_PROGRAMS "Build Mbed TLS programs." ON)
option(UNSAFE_BUILD "Allow unsafe builds. These builds ARE NOT SECURE." OFF)
option(MBEDTLS_FATAL_WARNINGS "Compiler warnings treated as errors" ON)
string(REGEX MATCH "Clang" CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG "${CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID}")
string(REGEX MATCH "GNU" CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU "${CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID}")
string(REGEX MATCH "IAR" CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_IAR "${CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID}")
string(REGEX MATCH "MSVC" CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC "${CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID}")
# the test suites currently have compile errors with MSVC
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
option(ENABLE_TESTING "Build Mbed TLS tests." OFF)
else()
option(ENABLE_TESTING "Build Mbed TLS tests." ON)
endif()
# Warning string - created as a list for compatibility with CMake 2.8
set(WARNING_BORDER "*******************************************************\n")
set(NULL_ENTROPY_WARN_L1 "**** WARNING! MBEDTLS_TEST_NULL_ENTROPY defined!\n")
set(NULL_ENTROPY_WARN_L2 "**** THIS BUILD HAS NO DEFINED ENTROPY SOURCES\n")
set(NULL_ENTROPY_WARN_L3 "**** AND IS *NOT* SUITABLE FOR PRODUCTION USE\n")
set(NULL_ENTROPY_WARNING "${WARNING_BORDER}"
"${NULL_ENTROPY_WARN_L1}"
"${NULL_ENTROPY_WARN_L2}"
"${NULL_ENTROPY_WARN_L3}"
"${WARNING_BORDER}")
set(CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L1 "**** WARNING! MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY defined!\n")
set(CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L2 "**** Using 128-bit keys for CTR_DRBG limits the security of generated\n")
set(CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L3 "**** keys and operations that use random values generated to 128-bit security\n")
set(CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARNING "${WARNING_BORDER}"
"${CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L1}"
"${CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L2}"
"${CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARN_L3}"
"${WARNING_BORDER}")
# Python 3 is only needed here to check for configuration warnings.
if(NOT CMAKE_VERSION VERSION_LESS 3.15.0)
set(Python3_FIND_STRATEGY LOCATION)
find_package(Python3 COMPONENTS Interpreter)
if(Python3_Interpreter_FOUND)
set(MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE ${Python3_EXECUTABLE})
endif()
else()
find_package(PythonInterp 3)
if(PYTHONINTERP_FOUND)
set(MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE ${PYTHON_EXECUTABLE})
endif()
endif()
if(MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE)
# If 128-bit keys are configured for CTR_DRBG, display an appropriate warning
execute_process(COMMAND ${MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/scripts/config.py -f ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/mbedtls/config.h get MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY
RESULT_VARIABLE result)
if(${result} EQUAL 0)
message(WARNING ${CTR_DRBG_128_BIT_KEY_WARNING})
endif()
# If NULL Entropy is configured, display an appropriate warning
execute_process(COMMAND ${MBEDTLS_PYTHON_EXECUTABLE} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/scripts/config.py -f ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include/mbedtls/config.h get MBEDTLS_TEST_NULL_ENTROPY
RESULT_VARIABLE result)
if(${result} EQUAL 0)
message(WARNING ${NULL_ENTROPY_WARNING})
if(NOT UNSAFE_BUILD)
message(FATAL_ERROR "\
\n\
Warning! You have enabled MBEDTLS_TEST_NULL_ENTROPY. \
This option is not safe for production use and negates all security \
It is intended for development use only. \
\n\
To confirm you want to build with this option, re-run cmake with the \
option: \n\
cmake -DUNSAFE_BUILD=ON ")
return()
endif()
endif()
endif()
# If this is the root project add longer list of available CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE values
if(CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR STREQUAL CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR)
set(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE ${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE}
CACHE STRING "Choose the type of build: None Debug Release Coverage ASan ASanDbg MemSan MemSanDbg Check CheckFull"
FORCE)
endif()
# Make MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE and MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE into PATHs
set(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE "" CACHE FILEPATH "Mbed TLS config file (overrides default).")
set(MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE "" CACHE FILEPATH "Mbed TLS user config file (appended to default).")
# Create a symbolic link from ${base_name} in the binary directory
# to the corresponding path in the source directory.
# Note: Copies the file(s) on Windows.
function(link_to_source base_name)
set(link "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/${base_name}")
set(target "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/${base_name}")
if (NOT EXISTS ${link})
if (CMAKE_HOST_UNIX)
execute_process(COMMAND ln -s ${target} ${link}
RESULT_VARIABLE result
ERROR_VARIABLE output)
if (NOT ${result} EQUAL 0)
message(FATAL_ERROR "Could not create symbolic link for: ${target} --> ${output}")
endif()
else()
if (IS_DIRECTORY ${target})
file(GLOB_RECURSE files FOLLOW_SYMLINKS RELATIVE ${target} "${target}/*")
foreach(file IN LISTS files)
if(NOT IS_DIRECTORY "${target}/${file}")
configure_file("${target}/${file}" "${link}/${file}" COPYONLY)
endif()
endforeach(file)
else()
configure_file(${target} ${link} COPYONLY)
endif()
endif()
endif()
endfunction(link_to_source)
string(REGEX MATCH "Clang" CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG "${CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID}")
include(CheckCCompilerFlag)
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU)
# some warnings we want are not available with old GCC versions
# note: starting with CMake 2.8 we could use CMAKE_C_COMPILER_VERSION
execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_C_COMPILER} -dumpversion
OUTPUT_VARIABLE GCC_VERSION)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wall -Wextra -Wwrite-strings")
if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 3.0 OR GCC_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 3.0)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wformat=2 -Wno-format-nonliteral")
endif()
if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 4.3 OR GCC_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 4.3)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wvla")
endif()
if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 4.5 OR GCC_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 4.5)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wlogical-op")
endif()
if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 4.8 OR GCC_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 4.8)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wshadow")
endif()
if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 5.0)
CHECK_C_COMPILER_FLAG("-Wformat-signedness" C_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_WFORMAT_SIGNEDNESS)
if(C_COMPILER_SUPPORTS_WFORMAT_SIGNEDNESS)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wformat-signedness")
endif()
endif()
if (GCC_VERSION VERSION_GREATER 7.0 OR GCC_VERSION VERSION_EQUAL 7.0)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wformat-overflow=2 -Wformat-truncation")
endif()
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE "-O2")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG "-O0 -g3")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_COVERAGE "-O0 -g3 --coverage")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN "-fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover=all -O3")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASANDBG "-fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover=all -O1 -g3 -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECK "-Os")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECKFULL "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECK} -Wcast-qual")
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU)
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wall -Wextra -Wwrite-strings -Wpointer-arith -Wimplicit-fallthrough -Wshadow -Wvla -Wformat=2 -Wno-format-nonliteral")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE "-O2")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG "-O0 -g3")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_COVERAGE "-O0 -g3 --coverage")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN "-fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover=all -O3")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASANDBG "-fsanitize=address -fno-common -fsanitize=undefined -fno-sanitize-recover=all -O1 -g3 -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_MEMSAN "-fsanitize=memory -O3")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_MEMSANDBG "-fsanitize=memory -O1 -g3 -fno-omit-frame-pointer -fno-optimize-sibling-calls -fsanitize-memory-track-origins=2")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_CHECK "-Os")
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG)
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_IAR)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} --warn_about_c_style_casts")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_RELEASE "-Ohz")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG "--debug -On")
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_IAR)
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
# Strictest warnings, UTF-8 source and execution charset
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} /W3 /utf-8")
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
if(MBEDTLS_FATAL_WARNINGS)
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} /WX")
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_MSVC)
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Werror")
if(UNSAFE_BUILD)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} -Wno-error=cpp")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASAN} -Wno-error=cpp")
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASANDBG "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS_ASANDBG} -Wno-error=cpp")
endif(UNSAFE_BUILD)
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU)
if (CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_IAR)
set(CMAKE_C_FLAGS "${CMAKE_C_FLAGS} --warnings_are_errors")
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_IAR)
endif(MBEDTLS_FATAL_WARNINGS)
if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Coverage")
if(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG)
set(CMAKE_SHARED_LINKER_FLAGS "--coverage")
endif(CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_GNU OR CMAKE_COMPILER_IS_CLANG)
endif(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Coverage")
if(LIB_INSTALL_DIR)
set(CMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR "${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}")
endif()
if(ENABLE_ZLIB_SUPPORT)
find_package(ZLIB)
if(ZLIB_FOUND)
include_directories(${ZLIB_INCLUDE_DIR})
endif(ZLIB_FOUND)
endif(ENABLE_ZLIB_SUPPORT)
add_subdirectory(include)
add_subdirectory(3rdparty)
list(APPEND libs ${thirdparty_lib})
add_subdirectory(library)
add_subdirectory(pkgconfig)
#
# The C files in tests/src directory contain test code shared among test suites
# and programs. This shared test code is compiled and linked to test suites and
# programs objects as a set of compiled objects. The compiled objects are NOT
# built into a library that the test suite and program objects would link
# against as they link against the mbedcrypto, mbedx509 and mbedtls libraries.
# The reason is that such library is expected to have mutual dependencies with
# the aforementioned libraries and that there is as of today no portable way of
# handling such dependencies (only toolchain specific solutions).
#
# Thus the below definition of the `mbedtls_test` CMake library of objects
# target. This library of objects is used by tests and programs CMake files
# to define the test executables.
#
if(ENABLE_TESTING OR ENABLE_PROGRAMS)
file(GLOB MBEDTLS_TEST_FILES
${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/src/*.c
${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/src/drivers/*.c)
add_library(mbedtls_test OBJECT ${MBEDTLS_TEST_FILES})
target_include_directories(mbedtls_test
PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/include
PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include
PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/library)
file(GLOB MBEDTLS_TEST_HELPER_FILES
${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/src/test_helpers/*.c)
add_library(mbedtls_test_helpers OBJECT ${MBEDTLS_TEST_HELPER_FILES})
target_include_directories(mbedtls_test_helpers
PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/include
PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/include
PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/library
PRIVATE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/3rdparty/everest/include)
# Pass-through MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE and MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE
if(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
target_compile_definitions(mbedtls_test
PUBLIC MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE="${MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE}")
target_compile_definitions(mbedtls_test_helpers
PUBLIC MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE="${MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE}")
endif()
if(MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE)
target_compile_definitions(mbedtls_test
PUBLIC MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE="${MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE}")
target_compile_definitions(mbedtls_test_helpers
PUBLIC MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE="${MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE}")
endif()
endif()
if(ENABLE_PROGRAMS)
add_subdirectory(programs)
endif()
ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET(${MBEDTLS_TARGET_PREFIX}apidoc
COMMAND doxygen mbedtls.doxyfile
WORKING_DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/doxygen)
if(ENABLE_TESTING)
enable_testing()
add_subdirectory(tests)
# additional convenience targets for Unix only
if(UNIX)
# For coverage testing:
# 1. Build with:
# cmake -D CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Coverage /path/to/source && make
# 2. Run the relevant tests for the part of the code you're interested in.
# For the reference coverage measurement, see
# tests/scripts/basic-build-test.sh
# 3. Run scripts/lcov.sh to generate an HTML report.
ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET(lcov
COMMAND scripts/lcov.sh
)
ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET(memcheck
COMMAND sed -i.bak s+/usr/bin/valgrind+`which valgrind`+ DartConfiguration.tcl
COMMAND ctest -O memcheck.log -D ExperimentalMemCheck
COMMAND tail -n1 memcheck.log | grep 'Memory checking results:' > /dev/null
COMMAND rm -f memcheck.log
COMMAND mv DartConfiguration.tcl.bak DartConfiguration.tcl
)
endif(UNIX)
# Make scripts needed for testing available in an out-of-source build.
if (NOT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} STREQUAL ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
link_to_source(scripts)
# Copy (don't link) DartConfiguration.tcl, needed for memcheck, to
# keep things simple with the sed commands in the memcheck target.
configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/DartConfiguration.tcl
${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/DartConfiguration.tcl COPYONLY)
endif()
endif()

View File

@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
Contributing
============
We gratefully accept bug reports and contributions from the community. All PRs are reviewed by the project team / community, and may need some modifications to
be accepted.
Quick Checklist for PR contributors
-----------------------------------
More details on all of these points may be found in the sections below.
- [Sign-off](#license-and-copyright): all commits must be signed off.
- [Tests](#tests): please ensure the PR includes adequate tests.
- [Changelog](#documentation): if needed, please provide a changelog entry.
- [Backports](#long-term-support-branches): provide a backport if needed (it's fine to wait until the main PR is accepted).
Coding Standards
----------------
- Contributions should include tests, as mentioned in the [Tests](#tests) and [Continuous Integration](#continuous-integration-tests) sections. Please check that your contribution passes basic tests before submission, and check the CI results after making a pull request.
- The code should be written in a clean and readable style, and must follow [our coding standards](https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/development/mbedtls-coding-standards/).
- The code should be written in a portable generic way, that will benefit the whole community, and not only your own needs.
- The code should be secure, and will be reviewed from a security point of view as well.
Making a Contribution
---------------------
1. [Check for open issues](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues) or [start a discussion](https://lists.trustedfirmware.org/mailman3/lists/mbed-tls.lists.trustedfirmware.org) around a feature idea or a bug.
1. Fork the [Mbed TLS repository on GitHub](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls) to start making your changes. As a general rule, you should use the ["development" branch](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/tree/development) as a basis.
1. Write a test which shows that the bug was fixed or that the feature works as expected.
1. Send a pull request (PR) and work with us until it gets merged and published. Contributions may need some modifications, so a few rounds of review and fixing may be necessary. We will include your name in the ChangeLog :)
1. For quick merging, the contribution should be short, and concentrated on a single feature or topic. The larger the contribution is, the longer it would take to review it and merge it.
Backwards Compatibility
-----------------------
The project aims to minimise the impact on users upgrading to newer versions of the library and it should not be necessary for a user to make any changes to their own code to work with a newer version of the library. Unless the user has made an active decision to use newer features, a newer generation of the library or a change has been necessary due to a security issue or other significant software defect, no modifications to their own code should be necessary. To achieve this, API compatibility is maintained between different versions of Mbed TLS on the main development branch and in LTS (Long Term Support) branches, as described in [BRANCHES.md](BRANCHES.md).
To minimise such disruption to users, where a change to the interface is required, all changes to the ABI or API, even on the main development branch where new features are added, need to be justifiable by either being a significant enhancement, new feature or bug fix which is best resolved by an interface change. If there is an API change, the contribution, if accepted, will be merged only when there is a major release.
No changes are permitted to the definition of functions in the public interface which will change the API. Instead the interface can only be changed by its extension. Where changes to an existing interface are necessary, functions in the public interface which need to be changed are marked as 'deprecated'. If there is a strong reason to replace an existing function with one that has a slightly different interface (different prototype, or different documented behavior), create a new function with a new name with the desired interface. Keep the old function, but mark it as deprecated.
Periodically, the library will remove deprecated functions from the library which will be a breaking change in the API, but such changes will be made only in a planned, structured way that gives sufficient notice to users of the library.
Long Term Support Branches
--------------------------
Mbed TLS maintains several LTS (Long Term Support) branches, which are maintained continuously for a given period. The LTS branches are provided to allow users of the library to have a maintained, stable version of the library which contains only security fixes and fixes for other defects, without encountering additional features or API extensions which may introduce issues or change the code size or RAM usage, which can be significant considerations on some platforms. To allow users to take advantage of the LTS branches, these branches maintain backwards compatibility for both the public API and ABI.
When backporting to these branches please observe the following rules:
1. Any change to the library which changes the API or ABI cannot be backported.
1. All bug fixes that correct a defect that is also present in an LTS branch must be backported to that LTS branch. If a bug fix introduces a change to the API such as a new function, the fix should be reworked to avoid the API change. API changes without very strong justification are unlikely to be accepted.
1. If a contribution is a new feature or enhancement, no backporting is required. Exceptions to this may be additional test cases or quality improvements such as changes to build or test scripts.
It would be highly appreciated if contributions are backported to LTS branches in addition to the [development branch](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/tree/development) by contributors.
The list of maintained branches can be found in the [Current Branches section
of BRANCHES.md](BRANCHES.md#current-branches).
Tests
-----
As mentioned, tests that show the correctness of the feature or bug fix should be added to the pull request, if no such tests exist.
Mbed TLS includes a comprehensive set of test suites in the `tests/` directory that are dynamically generated to produce the actual test source files (e.g. `test_suite_rsa.c`). These files are generated from a `function file` (e.g. `suites/test_suite_rsa.function`) and a `data file` (e.g. `suites/test_suite_rsa.data`). The function file contains the test functions. The data file contains the test cases, specified as parameters that will be passed to the test function.
[A Knowledge Base article describing how to add additional tests is available on the Mbed TLS website](https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/development/test_suites/).
A test script `tests/scripts/basic-build-test.sh` is available to show test coverage of the library. New code contributions should provide a similar level of code coverage to that which already exists for the library.
Sample applications, if needed, should be modified as well.
Continuous Integration Tests
----------------------------
Once a PR has been made, the Continuous Integration (CI) tests are triggered and run. You should follow the result of the CI tests, and fix failures.
It is advised to enable the [githooks scripts](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/tree/development/tests/git-scripts) prior to pushing your changes, for catching some of the issues as early as possible.
Documentation
-------------
Mbed TLS is well documented, but if you think documentation is needed, speak out!
1. All interfaces should be documented through Doxygen. New APIs should introduce Doxygen documentation.
1. Complex parts in the code should include comments.
1. If needed, a Readme file is advised.
1. If a [Knowledge Base (KB)](https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/) article should be added, write this as a comment in the PR description.
1. A [ChangeLog](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/blob/development/ChangeLog.d/00README.md) entry should be added for this contribution.
License and Copyright
---------------------
Unless specifically indicated otherwise in a file, Mbed TLS files are provided under a dual [Apache-2.0](https://spdx.org/licenses/Apache-2.0.html) OR [GPL-2.0-or-later](https://spdx.org/licenses/GPL-2.0-or-later.html) license. See the [LICENSE](LICENSE) file for the full text of these licenses. This means that users may choose which of these licenses they take the code under.
Contributors must accept that their contributions are made under both the Apache-2.0 AND [GPL-2.0-or-later](https://spdx.org/licenses/GPL-2.0-or-later.html) licenses.
All new files should include the standard SPDX license identifier where possible, i.e. "SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later".
The copyright on contributions is retained by the original authors of the code. Where possible for new files, this should be noted in a comment at the top of the file in the form: "Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors".
When contributing code to us, the committer and all authors are required to make the submission under the terms of the [Developer Certificate of Origin](dco.txt), confirming that the code submitted can (legally) become part of the project, and is submitted under both the Apache-2.0 AND GPL-2.0-or-later licenses.
This is done by including the standard Git `Signed-off-by:` line in every commit message. If more than one person contributed to the commit, they should also add their own `Signed-off-by:` line.

View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
# Pending changelog entry directory
This directory contains changelog entries that have not yet been merged
to the changelog file ([`../ChangeLog`](../ChangeLog)).
## What requires a changelog entry?
Write a changelog entry if there is a user-visible change. This includes:
* Bug fixes in the library or in sample programs: fixing a security hole,
fixing broken behavior, fixing the build in some configuration or on some
platform, etc.
* New features in the library, new sample programs, or new platform support.
* Changes in existing behavior. These should be rare. Changes in features
that are documented as experimental may or may not be announced, depending
on the extent of the change and how widely we expect the feature to be used.
We generally don't include changelog entries for:
* Documentation improvements.
* Performance improvements, unless they are particularly significant.
* Changes to parts of the code base that users don't interact with directly,
such as test code and test data.
* Fixes for compiler warnings. Releases typically contain a number of fixes
of this kind, so we will only mention them in the Changelog if they are
particularly significant.
Until Mbed TLS 2.24.0, we required changelog entries in more cases.
Looking at older changelog entries is good practice for how to write a
changelog entry, but not for deciding whether to write one.
## Changelog entry file format
A changelog entry file must have the extension `*.txt` and must have the
following format:
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Security
* Change description.
* Another change description.
Features
* Yet another change description. This is a long change description that
spans multiple lines.
* Yet again another change description.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The permitted changelog entry categories are as follows:
<!-- Keep this synchronized with STANDARD_CATEGORIES in assemble_changelog.py! -->
API changes
Default behavior changes
Requirement changes
New deprecations
Removals
Features
Security
Bugfix
Changes
Use “Changes” for anything that doesn't fit in the other categories.
## How to write a changelog entry
Each entry starts with three spaces, an asterisk and a space. Continuation
lines start with 5 spaces. Lines wrap at 79 characters.
Write full English sentences with proper capitalization and punctuation. Use
the present tense. Use the imperative where applicable. For example: “Fix a
bug in mbedtls_xxx() ….”
Include GitHub issue numbers where relevant. Use the format “#1234” for an
Mbed TLS issue. Add other external references such as CVE numbers where
applicable.
Credit bug reporters where applicable.
**Explain why, not how**. Remember that the audience is the users of the
library, not its developers. In particular, for a bug fix, explain the
consequences of the bug, not how the bug was fixed. For a new feature, explain
why one might be interested in the feature. For an API change or a deprecation,
explain how to update existing applications.
See [existing entries](../ChangeLog) for examples.
## How `ChangeLog` is updated
Run [`../scripts/assemble_changelog.py`](../scripts/assemble_changelog.py)
from a Git working copy
to move the entries from files in `ChangeLog.d` to the main `ChangeLog` file.

View File

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
Site: localhost
BuildName: Mbed TLS-test
CoverageCommand: /usr/bin/gcov
MemoryCheckCommand: /usr/bin/valgrind

View File

@@ -1,553 +0,0 @@
Mbed TLS files are provided under a dual [Apache-2.0](https://spdx.org/licenses/Apache-2.0.html)
OR [GPL-2.0-or-later](https://spdx.org/licenses/GPL-2.0-or-later.html) license.
This means that users may choose which of these licenses they take the code
under.
The full text of each of these licenses is given below.
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction,
and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by
the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all
other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the
direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the
outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity
exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications,
including but not limited to software source code, documentation
source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical
transformation or translation of a Source form, including but
not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation,
and conversions to other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or
Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a
copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work
(an example is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object
form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the
editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications
represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes
of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain
separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of,
the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including
the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions
to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner
or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of
the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted"
means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent
to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to
communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems,
and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the
Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but
excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise
designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity
on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and
subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of,
publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the
Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of
this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual,
worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
(except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made,
use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work,
where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable
by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s)
with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You
institute patent litigation against any entity (including a
cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work
or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct
or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses
granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the
Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without
modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You
meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or
Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works
that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and
attribution notices from the Source form of the Work,
excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of
the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its
distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must
include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained
within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one
of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed
as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or
documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or,
within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents
of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and
do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution
notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside
or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided
that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed
as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and
may provide additional or different license terms and conditions
for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or
for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use,
reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with
the conditions stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise,
any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work
by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of
this License, without any additional terms or conditions.
Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify
the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed
with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade
names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor,
except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the
origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or
agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each
Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or
implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions
of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any
risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory,
whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise,
unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly
negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be
liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special,
incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a
result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill,
work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor
has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing
the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer,
and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity,
or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this
License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only
on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf
of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability
incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason
of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX: How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Apache License to your work, attach the following
boilerplate notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets "[]"
replaced with your own identifying information. (Don't include
the brackets!) The text should be enclosed in the appropriate
comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a
file or class name and description of purpose be included on the
same "printed page" as the copyright notice for easier
identification within third-party archives.
Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
limitations under the License.
===============================================================================
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License.

View File

@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
README for Mbed TLS
===================
Mbed TLS is a C library that implements cryptographic primitives, X.509 certificate manipulation and the SSL/TLS and DTLS protocols. Its small code footprint makes it suitable for embedded systems.
Mbed TLS includes a reference implementation of the [PSA Cryptography API](#psa-cryptography-api). This is currently a preview for evaluation purposes only.
Configuration
-------------
Mbed TLS should build out of the box on most systems. Some platform specific options are available in the fully documented configuration file `include/mbedtls/config.h`, which is also the place where features can be selected. This file can be edited manually, or in a more programmatic way using the Python 3 script `scripts/config.py` (use `--help` for usage instructions).
Compiler options can be set using conventional environment variables such as `CC` and `CFLAGS` when using the Make and CMake build system (see below).
We provide some non-standard configurations focused on specific use cases in the `configs/` directory. You can read more about those in `configs/README.txt`
Documentation
-------------
The main Mbed TLS documentation is available via [ReadTheDocs](https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/).
Documentation for the PSA Cryptography API is available [on GitHub](https://arm-software.github.io/psa-api/crypto/).
To generate a local copy of the library documentation in HTML format, tailored to your compile-time configuration:
1. Make sure that [Doxygen](http://www.doxygen.nl/) is installed. We use version 1.8.11 but slightly older or more recent versions should work.
1. Run `make apidoc`.
1. Browse `apidoc/index.html` or `apidoc/modules.html`.
For other sources of documentation, see the [SUPPORT](SUPPORT.md) document.
Compiling
---------
There are currently three active build systems used within Mbed TLS releases:
- GNU Make
- CMake
- Microsoft Visual Studio (Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 or later)
The main systems used for development are CMake and GNU Make. Those systems are always complete and up-to-date. The others should reflect all changes present in the CMake and Make build system, although features may not be ported there automatically.
The Make and CMake build systems create three libraries: libmbedcrypto, libmbedx509, and libmbedtls. Note that libmbedtls depends on libmbedx509 and libmbedcrypto, and libmbedx509 depends on libmbedcrypto. As a result, some linkers will expect flags to be in a specific order, for example the GNU linker wants `-lmbedtls -lmbedx509 -lmbedcrypto`.
### Tool versions
You need the following tools to build the library with the provided makefiles:
* GNU Make or a build tool that CMake supports.
* A C99 toolchain (compiler, linker, archiver). We actively test with GCC 5.4, Clang 3.8, IAR8 and Visual Studio 2013. More recent versions should work. Slightly older versions may work.
* Python 3.6 or later to generate the test code.
* Perl to run the tests.
### Make
We require GNU Make. To build the library and the sample programs, GNU Make and a C compiler are sufficient. Some of the more advanced build targets require some Unix/Linux tools.
We intentionally only use a minimum of functionality in the makefiles in order to keep them as simple and independent of different toolchains as possible, to allow users to more easily move between different platforms. Users who need more features are recommended to use CMake.
In order to build from the source code using GNU Make, just enter at the command line:
make
In order to run the tests, enter:
make check
The tests need Python to be built and Perl to be run. If you don't have one of them installed, you can skip building the tests with:
make no_test
You'll still be able to run a much smaller set of tests with:
programs/test/selftest
In order to build for a Windows platform, you should use `WINDOWS_BUILD=1` if the target is Windows but the build environment is Unix-like (for instance when cross-compiling, or compiling from an MSYS shell), and `WINDOWS=1` if the build environment is a Windows shell (for instance using mingw32-make) (in that case some targets will not be available).
Setting the variable `SHARED` in your environment will build shared libraries in addition to the static libraries. Setting `DEBUG` gives you a debug build. You can override `CFLAGS` and `LDFLAGS` by setting them in your environment or on the make command line; compiler warning options may be overridden separately using `WARNING_CFLAGS`. Some directory-specific options (for example, `-I` directives) are still preserved.
Please note that setting `CFLAGS` overrides its default value of `-O2` and setting `WARNING_CFLAGS` overrides its default value (starting with `-Wall -Wextra`), so if you just want to add some warning options to the default ones, you can do so by setting `CFLAGS=-O2 -Werror` for example. Setting `WARNING_CFLAGS` is useful when you want to get rid of its default content (for example because your compiler doesn't accept `-Wall` as an option). Directory-specific options cannot be overridden from the command line.
Depending on your platform, you might run into some issues. Please check the Makefiles in `library/`, `programs/` and `tests/` for options to manually add or remove for specific platforms. You can also check [the Mbed TLS Knowledge Base](https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/) for articles on your platform or issue.
In case you find that you need to do something else as well, please let us know what, so we can add it to the [Mbed TLS Knowledge Base](https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/).
### CMake
In order to build the source using CMake in a separate directory (recommended), just enter at the command line:
mkdir /path/to/build_dir && cd /path/to/build_dir
cmake /path/to/mbedtls_source
cmake --build .
In order to run the tests, enter:
ctest
The test suites need Python to be built and Perl to be executed. If you don't have one of these installed, you'll want to disable the test suites with:
cmake -DENABLE_TESTING=Off /path/to/mbedtls_source
If you disabled the test suites, but kept the programs enabled, you can still run a much smaller set of tests with:
programs/test/selftest
To configure CMake for building shared libraries, use:
cmake -DUSE_SHARED_MBEDTLS_LIBRARY=On /path/to/mbedtls_source
There are many different build modes available within the CMake buildsystem. Most of them are available for gcc and clang, though some are compiler-specific:
- `Release`. This generates the default code without any unnecessary information in the binary files.
- `Debug`. This generates debug information and disables optimization of the code.
- `Coverage`. This generates code coverage information in addition to debug information.
- `ASan`. This instruments the code with AddressSanitizer to check for memory errors. (This includes LeakSanitizer, with recent version of gcc and clang.) (With recent version of clang, this mode also instruments the code with UndefinedSanitizer to check for undefined behaviour.)
- `ASanDbg`. Same as ASan but slower, with debug information and better stack traces.
- `MemSan`. This instruments the code with MemorySanitizer to check for uninitialised memory reads. Experimental, needs recent clang on Linux/x86\_64.
- `MemSanDbg`. Same as MemSan but slower, with debug information, better stack traces and origin tracking.
- `Check`. This activates the compiler warnings that depend on optimization and treats all warnings as errors.
Switching build modes in CMake is simple. For debug mode, enter at the command line:
cmake -D CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Debug /path/to/mbedtls_source
To list other available CMake options, use:
cmake -LH
Note that, with CMake, you can't adjust the compiler or its flags after the
initial invocation of cmake. This means that `CC=your_cc make` and `make
CC=your_cc` will *not* work (similarly with `CFLAGS` and other variables).
These variables need to be adjusted when invoking cmake for the first time,
for example:
CC=your_cc cmake /path/to/mbedtls_source
If you already invoked cmake and want to change those settings, you need to
remove the build directory and create it again.
Note that it is possible to build in-place; this will however overwrite the
provided Makefiles (see `scripts/tmp_ignore_makefiles.sh` if you want to
prevent `git status` from showing them as modified). In order to do so, from
the Mbed TLS source directory, use:
cmake .
make
If you want to change `CC` or `CFLAGS` afterwards, you will need to remove the
CMake cache. This can be done with the following command using GNU find:
find . -iname '*cmake*' -not -name CMakeLists.txt -exec rm -rf {} +
You can now make the desired change:
CC=your_cc cmake .
make
Regarding variables, also note that if you set CFLAGS when invoking cmake,
your value of CFLAGS doesn't override the content provided by cmake (depending
on the build mode as seen above), it's merely prepended to it.
#### Mbed TLS as a subproject
Mbed TLS supports being built as a CMake subproject. One can
use `add_subdirectory()` from a parent CMake project to include Mbed TLS as a
subproject.
### Microsoft Visual Studio
The build files for Microsoft Visual Studio are generated for Visual Studio 2010.
The solution file `mbedTLS.sln` contains all the basic projects needed to build the library and all the programs. The files in tests are not generated and compiled, as these need Python and perl environments as well. However, the selftest program in `programs/test/` is still available.
Example programs
----------------
We've included example programs for a lot of different features and uses in [`programs/`](programs/README.md).
Please note that the goal of these sample programs is to demonstrate specific features of the library, and the code may need to be adapted to build a real-world application.
Tests
-----
Mbed TLS includes an elaborate test suite in `tests/` that initially requires Python to generate the tests files (e.g. `test\_suite\_mpi.c`). These files are generated from a `function file` (e.g. `suites/test\_suite\_mpi.function`) and a `data file` (e.g. `suites/test\_suite\_mpi.data`). The `function file` contains the test functions. The `data file` contains the test cases, specified as parameters that will be passed to the test function.
For machines with a Unix shell and OpenSSL (and optionally GnuTLS) installed, additional test scripts are available:
- `tests/ssl-opt.sh` runs integration tests for various TLS options (renegotiation, resumption, etc.) and tests interoperability of these options with other implementations.
- `tests/compat.sh` tests interoperability of every ciphersuite with other implementations.
- `tests/scripts/test-ref-configs.pl` test builds in various reduced configurations.
- `tests/scripts/depends.py` test builds in configurations with a single curve, key exchange, hash, cipher, or pkalg on.
- `tests/scripts/all.sh` runs a combination of the above tests, plus some more, with various build options (such as ASan, full `config.h`, etc).
Instead of manually installing the required versions of all tools required for testing, it is possible to use the Docker images from our CI systems, as explained in [our testing infrastructure repository](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls-test/blob/main/README.md#quick-start).
Porting Mbed TLS
----------------
Mbed TLS can be ported to many different architectures, OS's and platforms. Before starting a port, you may find the following Knowledge Base articles useful:
- [Porting Mbed TLS to a new environment or OS](https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/how-to/how-do-i-port-mbed-tls-to-a-new-environment-OS/)
- [What external dependencies does Mbed TLS rely on?](https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/development/what-external-dependencies-does-mbedtls-rely-on/)
- [How do I configure Mbed TLS](https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/compiling-and-building/how-do-i-configure-mbedtls/)
Mbed TLS is mostly written in portable C99; however, it has a few platform requirements that go beyond the standard, but are met by most modern architectures:
- Bytes must be 8 bits.
- All-bits-zero must be a valid representation of a null pointer.
- Signed integers must be represented using two's complement.
- `int` and `size_t` must be at least 32 bits wide.
- The types `uint8_t`, `uint16_t`, `uint32_t` and their signed equivalents must be available.
PSA cryptography API
--------------------
### PSA API
Arm's [Platform Security Architecture (PSA)](https://developer.arm.com/architectures/security-architectures/platform-security-architecture) is a holistic set of threat models, security analyses, hardware and firmware architecture specifications, and an open source firmware reference implementation. PSA provides a recipe, based on industry best practice, that allows security to be consistently designed in, at both a hardware and firmware level.
The [PSA cryptography API](https://arm-software.github.io/psa-api/crypto/) provides access to a set of cryptographic primitives. It has a dual purpose. First, it can be used in a PSA-compliant platform to build services, such as secure boot, secure storage and secure communication. Second, it can also be used independently of other PSA components on any platform.
The design goals of the PSA cryptography API include:
* The API distinguishes caller memory from internal memory, which allows the library to be implemented in an isolated space for additional security. Library calls can be implemented as direct function calls if isolation is not desired, and as remote procedure calls if isolation is desired.
* The structure of internal data is hidden to the application, which allows substituting alternative implementations at build time or run time, for example, in order to take advantage of hardware accelerators.
* All access to the keys happens through key identifiers, which allows support for external cryptoprocessors that is transparent to applications.
* The interface to algorithms is generic, favoring algorithm agility.
* The interface is designed to be easy to use and hard to accidentally misuse.
Arm welcomes feedback on the design of the API. If you think something could be improved, please open an issue on our Github repository. Alternatively, if you prefer to provide your feedback privately, please email us at [`mbed-crypto@arm.com`](mailto:mbed-crypto@arm.com). All feedback received by email is treated confidentially.
### PSA implementation in Mbed TLS
Mbed TLS includes a reference implementation of the PSA Cryptography API.
This implementation is not yet as mature as the rest of the library. Some parts of the code have not been reviewed as thoroughly, and some parts of the PSA implementation are not yet well optimized for code size.
The X.509 and TLS code can use PSA cryptography for a limited subset of operations. To enable this support, activate the compilation option `MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO` in `config.h`.
There are currently a few deviations where the library does not yet implement the latest version of the specification. Please refer to the [compliance issues on Github](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbed-crypto/labels/compliance) for an up-to-date list.
### Upcoming features
Future releases of this library will include:
* A driver programming interface, which makes it possible to use hardware accelerators instead of the default software implementation for chosen algorithms.
* Support for external keys to be stored and manipulated exclusively in a separate cryptoprocessor.
* A configuration mechanism to compile only the algorithms you need for your application.
* A wider set of cryptographic algorithms.
License
-------
Unless specifically indicated otherwise in a file, Mbed TLS files are provided under a dual [Apache-2.0](https://spdx.org/licenses/Apache-2.0.html) OR [GPL-2.0-or-later](https://spdx.org/licenses/GPL-2.0-or-later.html) license. See the [LICENSE](LICENSE) file for the full text of these licenses, and [the 'License and Copyright' section in the contributing guidelines](CONTRIBUTING.md#License-and-Copyright) for more information.
Contributing
------------
We gratefully accept bug reports and contributions from the community. Please see the [contributing guidelines](CONTRIBUTING.md) for details on how to do this.
Contact
-------
* To report a security vulnerability in Mbed TLS, please email <mbed-tls-security@lists.trustedfirmware.org>. For more information, see [`SECURITY.md`](SECURITY.md).
* To report a bug or request a feature in Mbed TLS, please [file an issue on GitHub](https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/new/choose).
* Please see [`SUPPORT.md`](SUPPORT.md) for other channels for discussion and support about Mbed TLS.

View File

@@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
## Reporting Vulnerabilities
If you think you have found an Mbed TLS security vulnerability, then please
send an email to the security team at
<mbed-tls-security@lists.trustedfirmware.org>.
## Security Incident Handling Process
Our security process is detailed in our
[security
center](https://developer.trustedfirmware.org/w/mbed-tls/security-center/).
Its primary goal is to ensure fixes are ready to be deployed when the issue
goes public.
## Maintained branches
Only the maintained branches, as listed in [`BRANCHES.md`](BRANCHES.md),
get security fixes.
Users are urged to always use the latest version of a maintained branch.
## Threat model
We classify attacks based on the capabilities of the attacker.
### Remote attacks
In this section, we consider an attacker who can observe and modify data sent
over the network. This includes observing the content and timing of individual
packets, as well as suppressing or delaying legitimate messages, and injecting
messages.
Mbed TLS aims to fully protect against remote attacks and to enable the user
application in providing full protection against remote attacks. Said
protection is limited to providing security guarantees offered by the protocol
being implemented. (For example Mbed TLS alone won't guarantee that the
messages will arrive without delay, as the TLS protocol doesn't guarantee that
either.)
**Warning!** Block ciphers do not yet achieve full protection against attackers
who can measure the timing of packets with sufficient precision. For details
and workarounds see the [Block Ciphers](#block-ciphers) section.
### Local attacks
In this section, we consider an attacker who can run software on the same
machine. The attacker has insufficient privileges to directly access Mbed TLS
assets such as memory and files.
#### Timing attacks
The attacker is able to observe the timing of instructions executed by Mbed TLS
by leveraging shared hardware that both Mbed TLS and the attacker have access
to. Typical attack vectors include cache timings, memory bus contention and
branch prediction.
Mbed TLS provides limited protection against timing attacks. The cost of
protecting against timing attacks widely varies depending on the granularity of
the measurements and the noise present. Therefore the protection in Mbed TLS is
limited. We are only aiming to provide protection against **publicly
documented attack techniques**.
As attacks keep improving, so does Mbed TLS's protection. Mbed TLS is moving
towards a model of fully timing-invariant code, but has not reached this point
yet.
**Remark:** Timing information can be observed over the network or through
physical side channels as well. Remote and physical timing attacks are covered
in the [Remote attacks](remote-attacks) and [Physical
attacks](physical-attacks) sections respectively.
**Warning!** Block ciphers do not yet achieve full protection. For
details and workarounds see the [Block Ciphers](#block-ciphers) section.
#### Local non-timing side channels
The attacker code running on the platform has access to some sensor capable of
picking up information on the physical state of the hardware while Mbed TLS is
running. This could for example be an analogue-to-digital converter on the
platform that is located unfortunately enough to pick up the CPU noise.
Mbed TLS doesn't make any security guarantees against local non-timing-based
side channel attacks. If local non-timing attacks are present in a use case or
a user application's threat model, they need to be mitigated by the platform.
#### Local fault injection attacks
Software running on the same hardware can affect the physical state of the
device and introduce faults.
Mbed TLS doesn't make any security guarantees against local fault injection
attacks. If local fault injection attacks are present in a use case or a user
application's threat model, they need to be mitigated by the platform.
### Physical attacks
In this section, we consider an attacker who has access to physical information
about the hardware Mbed TLS is running on and/or can alter the physical state
of the hardware (e.g. power analysis, radio emissions or fault injection).
Mbed TLS doesn't make any security guarantees against physical attacks. If
physical attacks are present in a use case or a user application's threat
model, they need to be mitigated by physical countermeasures.
### Caveats
#### Out-of-scope countermeasures
Mbed TLS has evolved organically and a well defined threat model hasn't always
been present. Therefore, Mbed TLS might have countermeasures against attacks
outside the above defined threat model.
The presence of such countermeasures don't mean that Mbed TLS provides
protection against a class of attacks outside of the above described threat
model. Neither does it mean that the failure of such a countermeasure is
considered a vulnerability.
#### Block ciphers
Currently there are four block ciphers in Mbed TLS: AES, CAMELLIA, ARIA and
DES. The pure software implementation in Mbed TLS implementation uses lookup
tables, which are vulnerable to timing attacks.
These timing attacks can be physical, local or depending on network latency
even a remote. The attacks can result in key recovery.
**Workarounds:**
- Turn on hardware acceleration for AES. This is supported only on selected
architectures and currently only available for AES. See configuration options
`MBEDTLS_AESNI_C` and `MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C` for details.
- Add a secure alternative implementation (typically hardware acceleration) for
the vulnerable cipher. See the [Alternative Implementations
Guide](docs/architecture/alternative-implementations.md) for more information.
- Use cryptographic mechanisms that are not based on block ciphers. In
particular, for authenticated encryption, use ChaCha20/Poly1305 instead of
block cipher modes. For random generation, use HMAC\_DRBG instead of CTR\_DRBG.

View File

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
## Documentation
Here are some useful sources of information about using Mbed TLS:
- [ReadTheDocs](https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/);
- API documentation, see the [Documentation section of the
README](README.md#documentation);
- the `docs` directory in the source tree;
- the [Mbed TLS Knowledge Base](https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/);
- the [Mbed TLS mailing-list
archives](https://lists.trustedfirmware.org/archives/list/mbed-tls@lists.trustedfirmware.org/).
## Asking Questions
If you can't find your answer in the above sources, please use the [Mbed TLS
mailing list](https://lists.trustedfirmware.org/mailman3/lists/mbed-tls.lists.trustedfirmware.org).

View File

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
This directory contains example configuration files.
The examples are generally focused on a particular usage case (eg, support for
a restricted number of ciphersuites) and aim at minimizing resource usage for
this target. They can be used as a basis for custom configurations.
These files are complete replacements for the default config.h. To use one of
them, you can pick one of the following methods:
1. Replace the default file include/mbedtls/config.h with the chosen one.
(Depending on your compiler, you may need to adjust the line with
#include "mbedtls/check_config.h" then.)
2. Define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE and adjust the include path accordingly.
For example, using make:
CFLAGS="-I$PWD/configs -DMBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE='<foo.h>'" make
Or, using cmake:
find . -iname '*cmake*' -not -name CMakeLists.txt -exec rm -rf {} +
CFLAGS="-I$PWD/configs -DMBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE='<foo.h>'" cmake .
make
Note that the second method also works if you want to keep your custom
configuration file outside the Mbed TLS tree.

View File

@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file config-ccm-psk-dtls1_2.h
*
* \brief Small configuration for DTLS 1.2 with PSK and AES-CCM ciphersuites
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
/*
* Minimal configuration for DTLS 1.2 with PSK and AES-CCM ciphersuites
*
* Distinguishing features:
* - Optimized for small code size, low bandwidth (on an unreliable transport),
* and low RAM usage.
* - No asymmetric cryptography (no certificates, no Diffie-Hellman key
* exchange).
* - Fully modern and secure (provided the pre-shared keys are generated and
* stored securely).
* - Very low record overhead with CCM-8.
* - Includes several optional DTLS features typically used in IoT.
*
* See README.txt for usage instructions.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
/* System support */
//#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME /* Optionally used in Hello messages */
/* Other MBEDTLS_HAVE_XXX flags irrelevant for this configuration */
/* Mbed TLS modules */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_C
#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
#define MBEDTLS_NET_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
#define MBEDTLS_TIMING_C
/* TLS protocol feature support */
#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_BADMAC_LIMIT
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CLIENT_PORT_REUSE
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_CONNECTION_ID
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH
/*
* Use only CCM_8 ciphersuites, and
* save ROM and a few bytes of RAM by specifying our own ciphersuite list
*/
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CIPHERSUITES \
MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8, \
MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8
/*
* Save RAM at the expense of interoperability: do this only if you control
* both ends of the connection! (See comments in "mbedtls/ssl.h".)
* The optimal size here depends on the typical size of records.
*/
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN 256
/* Save RAM at the expense of ROM */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES
/* Save some RAM by adjusting to your exact needs */
#define MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN 16 /* 128-bits keys are generally enough */
/*
* You should adjust this to the exact number of sources you're using: default
* is the "platform_entropy_poll" source plus a weak clock source, but you may
* want to add other ones. Minimum is 3 for the entropy test suite.
*/
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES 3
/* These defines are present so that the config modifying scripts can enable
* them during tests/scripts/test-ref-configs.pl */
//#define MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO
//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
/* Error messages and TLS debugging traces
* (huge code size increase, needed for tests/ssl-opt.sh) */
//#define MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C
//#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_C
#include "mbedtls/check_config.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H */

View File

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file config-ccm-psk-tls1_2.h
*
* \brief Minimal configuration for TLS 1.2 with PSK and AES-CCM ciphersuites
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
/*
* Minimal configuration for TLS 1.2 with PSK and AES-CCM ciphersuites
*
* Distinguishing features:
* - Optimized for small code size, low bandwidth (on a reliable transport),
* and low RAM usage.
* - No asymmetric cryptography (no certificates, no Diffie-Hellman key
* exchange).
* - Fully modern and secure (provided the pre-shared keys are generated and
* stored securely).
* - Very low record overhead with CCM-8.
*
* See README.txt for usage instructions.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
/* System support */
//#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME /* Optionally used in Hello messages */
/* Other MBEDTLS_HAVE_XXX flags irrelevant for this configuration */
/* Mbed TLS modules */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_C
#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
#define MBEDTLS_NET_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
/* TLS protocol feature support */
#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_PSK_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
/*
* Use only CCM_8 ciphersuites, and
* save ROM and a few bytes of RAM by specifying our own ciphersuite list
*/
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CIPHERSUITES \
MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_256_CCM_8, \
MBEDTLS_TLS_PSK_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8
/*
* Save RAM at the expense of interoperability: do this only if you control
* both ends of the connection! (See comments in "mbedtls/ssl.h".)
* The optimal size here depends on the typical size of records.
*/
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN 1024
/* Save RAM at the expense of ROM */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES
/* Save some RAM by adjusting to your exact needs */
#define MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN 16 /* 128-bits keys are generally enough */
/*
* You should adjust this to the exact number of sources you're using: default
* is the "platform_entropy_poll" source, but you may want to add other ones
* Minimum is 2 for the entropy test suite.
*/
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES 2
/* These defines are present so that the config modifying scripts can enable
* them during tests/scripts/test-ref-configs.pl */
//#define MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO
//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
/* Error messages and TLS debugging traces
* (huge code size increase, needed for tests/ssl-opt.sh) */
//#define MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C
//#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_C
#include "mbedtls/check_config.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H */

View File

@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file config-mini-tls1_1.h
*
* \brief Minimal configuration for TLS 1.1 (RFC 4346)
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
/*
* Minimal configuration for TLS 1.1 (RFC 4346), implementing only the
* required ciphersuite: MBEDTLS_TLS_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHA
*
* See README.txt for usage instructions.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
/* System support */
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME
/* Mbed TLS feature support */
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC
#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_RSA_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_1
/* Mbed TLS modules */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C
#define MBEDTLS_DES_C
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD5_C
#define MBEDTLS_NET_C
#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C
/* For test certificates */
#define MBEDTLS_BASE64_C
#define MBEDTLS_CERTS_C
#define MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C
/* For testing with compat.sh */
#define MBEDTLS_FS_IO
/* These defines are present so that the config modifying scripts can enable
* them during tests/scripts/test-ref-configs.pl */
//#define MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO
//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
/* With MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C, importing an RSA key requires MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C)
#define MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C
#endif
#include "mbedtls/check_config.h"
/* Error messages and TLS debugging traces
* (huge code size increase, needed for tests/ssl-opt.sh) */
//#define MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C
//#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_C
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H */

View File

@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file config-no-entropy.h
*
* \brief Minimal configuration of features that do not require an entropy source
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
/*
* Minimal configuration of features that do not require an entropy source
* Distinguishing features:
* - no entropy module
* - no TLS protocol implementation available due to absence of an entropy
* source
*
* See README.txt for usage instructions.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
/* System support */
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME
/* Mbed TLS feature support */
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7
#define MBEDTLS_REMOVE_ARC4_CIPHERSUITES
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_CURVE25519_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NIST_OPTIM
#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC
#define MBEDTLS_PK_RSA_ALT_SUPPORT
#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V15
#define MBEDTLS_PKCS1_V21
#define MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST
#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES
#define MBEDTLS_X509_CHECK_KEY_USAGE
#define MBEDTLS_X509_CHECK_EXTENDED_KEY_USAGE
/* Mbed TLS modules */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
#define MBEDTLS_BASE64_C
#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_C
#define MBEDTLS_GCM_C
#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
#define MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
#define MBEDTLS_RSA_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_C
#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_C
#define MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C
#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRL_PARSE_C
//#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_C
/* Miscellaneous options */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES
#include "mbedtls/check_config.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H */

View File

@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file config-suite-b.h
*
* \brief Minimal configuration for TLS NSA Suite B Profile (RFC 6460)
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
/*
* Minimal configuration for TLS NSA Suite B Profile (RFC 6460)
*
* Distinguishing features:
* - no RSA or classic DH, fully based on ECC
* - optimized for low RAM usage
*
* Possible improvements:
* - if 128-bit security is enough, disable secp384r1 and SHA-512
* - use embedded certs in DER format and disable PEM_PARSE_C and BASE64_C
*
* See README.txt for usage instructions.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
/* System support */
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME
/* Mbed TLS feature support */
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP384R1_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
/* Mbed TLS modules */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C
#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_C
#define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C
#define MBEDTLS_GCM_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
#define MBEDTLS_NET_C
#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
#define MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_X509_USE_C
/* For test certificates */
#define MBEDTLS_BASE64_C
#define MBEDTLS_CERTS_C
#define MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C
/* Save RAM at the expense of ROM */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES
/* Save RAM by adjusting to our exact needs */
#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE 48 // 48 bytes for a 384-bit elliptic curve
/* Save RAM at the expense of speed, see ecp.h */
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE 2
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_FIXED_POINT_OPTIM 0
/* Significant speed benefit at the expense of some ROM */
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NIST_OPTIM
/*
* You should adjust this to the exact number of sources you're using: default
* is the "mbedtls_platform_entropy_poll" source, but you may want to add other ones.
* Minimum is 2 for the entropy test suite.
*/
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MAX_SOURCES 2
/* Save ROM and a few bytes of RAM by specifying our own ciphersuite list */
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CIPHERSUITES \
MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_256_GCM_SHA384, \
MBEDTLS_TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256
/*
* Save RAM at the expense of interoperability: do this only if you control
* both ends of the connection! (See comments in "mbedtls/ssl.h".)
* The minimum size here depends on the certificate chain used as well as the
* typical size of records.
*/
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN 1024
/* These defines are present so that the config modifying scripts can enable
* them during tests/scripts/test-ref-configs.pl */
//#define MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO
//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
/* With USE_PSA_CRYPTO, some PK operations also need PK_WRITE */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
#define MBEDTLS_PK_WRITE_C
#endif
/* Error messages and TLS debugging traces
* (huge code size increase, needed for tests/ssl-opt.sh) */
//#define MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C
//#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_C
#include "mbedtls/check_config.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H */

View File

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file config-symmetric-only.h
*
* \brief Configuration without any asymmetric cryptography.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
/* System support */
//#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE
/* Mbed TLS feature support */
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_PKCS7
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ONE_AND_ZEROS
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ZEROS_AND_LEN
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PADDING_ZEROS
#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_STRERROR_DUMMY
#define MBEDTLS_FS_IO
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED
#define MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST
#define MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO
#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_FEATURES
/* Mbed TLS modules */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_C
#define MBEDTLS_ARC4_C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
#define MBEDTLS_BASE64_C
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_C
#define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_C
#define MBEDTLS_ARIA_C
#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C
#define MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C
#define MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_C
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C
#define MBEDTLS_DES_C
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C
#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_C
#define MBEDTLS_GCM_C
//#define MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_C
#define MBEDTLS_HKDF_C
#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C
#define MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD2_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD4_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD5_C
#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
#define MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PEM_WRITE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C
#define MBEDTLS_PKCS12_C
#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
#define MBEDTLS_POLY1305_C
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_STORAGE_C
#define MBEDTLS_PSA_ITS_FILE_C
#define MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA512_C
//#define MBEDTLS_THREADING_C
#define MBEDTLS_TIMING_C
#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_C
#define MBEDTLS_XTEA_C
#include "mbedtls/config_psa.h"
#include "check_config.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H */

View File

@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file config-thread.h
*
* \brief Minimal configuration for using TLS as part of Thread
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
/*
* Minimal configuration for using TLS a part of Thread
* http://threadgroup.org/
*
* Distinguishing features:
* - no RSA or classic DH, fully based on ECC
* - no X.509
* - support for experimental EC J-PAKE key exchange
*
* See README.txt for usage instructions.
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
#define MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H
/* System support */
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM
/* Mbed TLS feature support */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_NIST_OPTIM
#define MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECJPAKE_ENABLED
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_EXPORT_KEYS
/* Mbed TLS modules */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_WRITE_C
#define MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C
#define MBEDTLS_CCM_C
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C
#define MBEDTLS_CMAC_C
#define MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_C
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C
#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C
#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
#define MBEDTLS_OID_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_C
#define MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C
#define MBEDTLS_SHA256_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_TLS_C
/* For tests using ssl-opt.sh */
#define MBEDTLS_NET_C
#define MBEDTLS_TIMING_C
/* Save RAM at the expense of ROM */
#define MBEDTLS_AES_ROM_TABLES
/* Save RAM by adjusting to our exact needs */
#define MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_SIZE 32 // 32 bytes for a 256-bit elliptic curve
/* Save ROM and a few bytes of RAM by specifying our own ciphersuite list */
#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CIPHERSUITES MBEDTLS_TLS_ECJPAKE_WITH_AES_128_CCM_8
/* These defines are present so that the config modifying scripts can enable
* them during tests/scripts/test-ref-configs.pl */
//#define MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO
//#define MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_C
#include "mbedtls/check_config.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CONFIG_H */

View File

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
Developer Certificate of Origin
Version 1.1
Copyright (C) 2004, 2006 The Linux Foundation and its contributors.
1 Letterman Drive
Suite D4700
San Francisco, CA, 94129
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Developer's Certificate of Origin 1.1
By making a contribution to this project, I certify that:
(a) The contribution was created in whole or in part by me and I
have the right to submit it under the open source license
indicated in the file; or
(b) The contribution is based upon previous work that, to the best
of my knowledge, is covered under an appropriate open source
license and I have the right under that license to submit that
work with modifications, whether created in whole or in part
by me, under the same open source license (unless I am
permitted to submit under a different license), as indicated
in the file; or
(c) The contribution was provided directly to me by some other
person who certified (a), (b) or (c) and I have not modified
it.
(d) I understand and agree that this project and the contribution
are public and that a record of the contribution (including all
personal information I submit with it, including my sign-off) is
maintained indefinitely and may be redistributed consistent with
this project or the open source license(s) involved.

View File

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
*.html
*.pdf
_build/
api/

View File

@@ -1,467 +0,0 @@
Mbed TLS storage specification
=================================
This document specifies how Mbed TLS uses storage.
Key storage was originally introduced in a product called Mbed Crypto, which was re-distributed via Mbed TLS and has since been merged into Mbed TLS.
This document contains historical information both from before and after this merge.
Mbed Crypto may be upgraded on an existing device with the storage preserved. Therefore:
1. Any change may break existing installations and may require an upgrade path.
1. This document retains historical information about all past released versions. Do not remove information from this document unless it has always been incorrect or it is about a version that you are sure was never released.
Mbed Crypto 0.1.0
-----------------
Tags: mbedcrypto-0.1.0b, mbedcrypto-0.1.0b2
Released in November 2018. <br>
Integrated in Mbed OS 5.11.
Supported backends:
* [PSA ITS](#file-namespace-on-its-for-0.1.0)
* [C stdio](#file-namespace-on-stdio-for-0.1.0)
Supported features:
* [Persistent transparent keys](#key-file-format-for-0.1.0) designated by a [slot number](#key-names-for-0.1.0).
* [Nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-0.1.0) on ITS only.
This is a beta release, and we do not promise backward compatibility, with one exception:
> On Mbed OS, if a device has a nonvolatile random seed file produced with Mbed OS 5.11.x and is upgraded to a later version of Mbed OS, the nonvolatile random seed file is preserved or upgraded.
We do not make any promises regarding key storage, or regarding the nonvolatile random seed file on other platforms.
### Key names for 0.1.0
Information about each key is stored in a dedicated file whose name is constructed from the key identifier. The way in which the file name is constructed depends on the storage backend. The content of the file is described [below](#key-file-format-for-0.1.0).
The valid values for a key identifier are the range from 1 to 0xfffeffff. This limitation on the range is not documented in user-facing documentation: according to the user-facing documentation, arbitrary 32-bit values are valid.
The code uses the following constant in an internal header (note that despite the name, this value is actually one plus the maximum permitted value):
#define PSA_MAX_PERSISTENT_KEY_IDENTIFIER 0xffff0000
There is a shared namespace for all callers.
### Key file format for 0.1.0
All integers are encoded in little-endian order in 8-bit bytes.
The layout of a key file is:
* magic (8 bytes): `"PSA\0KEY\0"`
* version (4 bytes): 0
* type (4 bytes): `psa_key_type_t` value
* policy usage flags (4 bytes): `psa_key_usage_t` value
* policy usage algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value
* key material length (4 bytes)
* key material: output of `psa_export_key`
* Any trailing data is rejected on load.
### Nonvolatile random seed file format for 0.1.0
The nonvolatile random seed file contains a seed for the random generator. If present, it is rewritten at each boot as part of the random generator initialization.
The file format is just the seed as a byte string with no metadata or encoding of any kind.
### File namespace on ITS for 0.1.0
Assumption: ITS provides a 32-bit file identifier namespace. The Crypto service can use arbitrary file identifiers and no other part of the system accesses the same file identifier namespace.
* File 0: unused.
* Files 1 through 0xfffeffff: [content](#key-file-format-for-0.1.0) of the [key whose identifier is the file identifier](#key-names-for-0.1.0).
* File 0xffffff52 (`PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_RANDOM_SEED_UID`): [nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-0.1.0).
* Files 0xffff0000 through 0xffffff51, 0xffffff53 through 0xffffffff: unused.
### File namespace on stdio for 0.1.0
Assumption: C stdio, allowing names containing lowercase letters, digits and underscores, of length up to 23.
An undocumented build-time configuration value `CRYPTO_STORAGE_FILE_LOCATION` allows storing the key files in a directory other than the current directory. This value is simply prepended to the file name (so it must end with a directory separator to put the keys in a different directory).
* `CRYPTO_STORAGE_FILE_LOCATION "psa_key_slot_0"`: used as a temporary file. Must be writable. May be overwritten or deleted if present.
* `sprintf(CRYPTO_STORAGE_FILE_LOCATION "psa_key_slot_%lu", key_id)` [content](#key-file-format-for-0.1.0) of the [key whose identifier](#key-names-for-0.1.0) is `key_id`.
* Other files: unused.
Mbed Crypto 1.0.0
-----------------
Tags: mbedcrypto-1.0.0d4, mbedcrypto-1.0.0
Released in February 2019. <br>
Integrated in Mbed OS 5.12.
Supported integrations:
* [PSA platform](#file-namespace-on-a-psa-platform-for-1.0.0)
* [library using PSA ITS](#file-namespace-on-its-as-a-library-for-1.0.0)
* [library using C stdio](#file-namespace-on-stdio-for-1.0.0)
Supported features:
* [Persistent transparent keys](#key-file-format-for-1.0.0) designated by a [key identifier and owner](#key-names-for-1.0.0).
* [Nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-1.0.0) on ITS only.
Backward compatibility commitments: TBD
### Key names for 1.0.0
Information about each key is stored in a dedicated file designated by the key identifier. In integrations where there is no concept of key owner (in particular, in library integrations), the key identifier is exactly the key identifier as defined in the PSA Cryptography API specification (`psa_key_id_t`). In integrations where there is a concept of key owner (integration into a service for example), the key identifier is made of an owner identifier (its semantics and type are integration specific) and of the key identifier (`psa_key_id_t`) from the key owner point of view.
The way in which the file name is constructed from the key identifier depends on the storage backend. The content of the file is described [below](#key-file-format-for-1.0.0).
* Library integration: the key file name is just the key identifier as defined in the PSA crypto specification. This is a 32-bit value.
* PSA service integration: the key file name is `(uint64_t)owner_uid << 32 | key_id` where `key_id` is the key identifier from the owner point of view and `owner_uid` (of type `int32_t`) is the calling partition identifier provided to the server by the partition manager. This is a 64-bit value.
### Key file format for 1.0.0
The layout is identical to [0.1.0](#key-file-format-for-0.1.0) so far. However note that the encoding of key types, algorithms and key material has changed, therefore the storage format is not compatible (despite using the same value in the version field so far).
### Nonvolatile random seed file format for 1.0.0
The nonvolatile random seed file contains a seed for the random generator. If present, it is rewritten at each boot as part of the random generator initialization.
The file format is just the seed as a byte string with no metadata or encoding of any kind.
This is unchanged since [the feature was introduced in Mbed Crypto 0.1.0](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-0.1.0).
### File namespace on a PSA platform for 1.0.0
Assumption: ITS provides a 64-bit file identifier namespace. The Crypto service can use arbitrary file identifiers and no other part of the system accesses the same file identifier namespace.
Assumption: the owner identifier is a nonzero value of type `int32_t`.
* Files 0 through 0xffffff51, 0xffffff53 through 0xffffffff: unused, reserved for internal use of the crypto library or crypto service.
* File 0xffffff52 (`PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_RANDOM_SEED_UID`): [nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-0.1.0).
* Files 0x100000000 through 0xffffffffffff: [content](#key-file-format-for-1.0.0) of the [key whose identifier is the file identifier](#key-names-for-1.0.0). The upper 32 bits determine the owner.
### File namespace on ITS as a library for 1.0.0
Assumption: ITS provides a 64-bit file identifier namespace. The entity using the crypto library can use arbitrary file identifiers and no other part of the system accesses the same file identifier namespace.
This is a library integration, so there is no owner. The key file identifier is identical to the key identifier.
* File 0: unused.
* Files 1 through 0xfffeffff: [content](#key-file-format-for-1.0.0) of the [key whose identifier is the file identifier](#key-names-for-1.0.0).
* File 0xffffff52 (`PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_RANDOM_SEED_UID`): [nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-1.0.0).
* Files 0xffff0000 through 0xffffff51, 0xffffff53 through 0xffffffff, 0x100000000 through 0xffffffffffffffff: unused.
### File namespace on stdio for 1.0.0
This is a library integration, so there is no owner. The key file identifier is identical to the key identifier.
[Identical to 0.1.0](#file-namespace-on-stdio-for-0.1.0).
### Upgrade from 0.1.0 to 1.0.0.
* Delete files 1 through 0xfffeffff, which contain keys in a format that is no longer supported.
### Suggested changes to make before 1.0.0
The library integration and the PSA platform integration use different sets of file names. This is annoyingly non-uniform. For example, if we want to store non-key files, we have room in different ranges (0 through 0xffffffff on a PSA platform, 0xffff0000 through 0xffffffffffffffff in a library integration).
It would simplify things to always have a 32-bit owner, with a nonzero value, and thus reserve the range 00xffffffff for internal library use.
Mbed Crypto 1.1.0
-----------------
Tags: mbedcrypto-1.1.0
Released in early June 2019. <br>
Integrated in Mbed OS 5.13.
Changes since [1.0.0](#mbed-crypto-1.0.0):
* The stdio backend for storage has been replaced by an implementation of [PSA ITS over stdio](#file-namespace-on-stdio-for-1.1.0).
* [Some changes in the key file format](#key-file-format-for-1.1.0).
### File namespace on stdio for 1.1.0
Assumption: C stdio, allowing names containing lowercase letters, digits and underscores, of length up to 23.
An undocumented build-time configuration value `PSA_ITS_STORAGE_PREFIX` allows storing the key files in a directory other than the current directory. This value is simply prepended to the file name (so it must end with a directory separator to put the keys in a different directory).
* `PSA_ITS_STORAGE_PREFIX "tempfile.psa_its"`: used as a temporary file. Must be writable. May be overwritten or deleted if present.
* `sprintf(PSA_ITS_STORAGE_PREFIX "%016llx.psa_its", key_id)`: a key or non-key file. The `key_id` in the name is the 64-bit file identifier, which is the [key identifier](#key-names-for-mbed-tls-2.25.0) for a key file or some reserved identifier for a non-key file (currently: only the [nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-1.0.0)). The contents of the file are:
* Magic header (8 bytes): `"PSA\0ITS\0"`
* File contents.
### Key file format for 1.1.0
The key file format is identical to [1.0.0](#key-file-format-for-1.0.0), except for the following changes:
* A new policy field, marked as [NEW:1.1.0] below.
* The encoding of key types, algorithms and key material has changed, therefore the storage format is not compatible (despite using the same value in the version field so far).
A self-contained description of the file layout follows.
All integers are encoded in little-endian order in 8-bit bytes.
The layout of a key file is:
* magic (8 bytes): `"PSA\0KEY\0"`
* version (4 bytes): 0
* type (4 bytes): `psa_key_type_t` value
* policy usage flags (4 bytes): `psa_key_usage_t` value
* policy usage algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value
* policy enrollment algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value [NEW:1.1.0]
* key material length (4 bytes)
* key material: output of `psa_export_key`
* Any trailing data is rejected on load.
Mbed Crypto TBD
---------------
Tags: TBD
Released in TBD 2019. <br>
Integrated in Mbed OS TBD.
### Changes introduced in TBD
* The layout of a key file now has a lifetime field before the type field.
* Key files can store references to keys in a secure element. In such key files, the key material contains the slot number.
### File namespace on a PSA platform on TBD
Assumption: ITS provides a 64-bit file identifier namespace. The Crypto service can use arbitrary file identifiers and no other part of the system accesses the same file identifier namespace.
Assumption: the owner identifier is a nonzero value of type `int32_t`.
* Files 0 through 0xfffeffff: unused.
* Files 0xffff0000 through 0xffffffff: reserved for internal use of the crypto library or crypto service. See [non-key files](#non-key-files-on-tbd).
* Files 0x100000000 through 0xffffffffffff: [content](#key-file-format-for-1.0.0) of the [key whose identifier is the file identifier](#key-names-for-1.0.0). The upper 32 bits determine the owner.
### File namespace on ITS as a library on TBD
Assumption: ITS provides a 64-bit file identifier namespace. The entity using the crypto library can use arbitrary file identifiers and no other part of the system accesses the same file identifier namespace.
This is a library integration, so there is no owner. The key file identifier is identical to the key identifier.
* File 0: unused.
* Files 1 through 0xfffeffff: [content](#key-file-format-for-1.0.0) of the [key whose identifier is the file identifier](#key-names-for-1.0.0).
* Files 0xffff0000 through 0xffffffff: reserved for internal use of the crypto library or crypto service. See [non-key files](#non-key-files-on-tbd).
* Files 0x100000000 through 0xffffffffffffffff: unused.
### Non-key files on TBD
File identifiers in the range 0xffff0000 through 0xffffffff are reserved for internal use in Mbed Crypto.
* Files 0xfffffe02 through 0xfffffeff (`PSA_CRYPTO_SE_DRIVER_ITS_UID_BASE + lifetime`): secure element driver storage. The content of the file is the secure element driver's persistent data.
* File 0xffffff52 (`PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_RANDOM_SEED_UID`): [nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-1.0.0).
* File 0xffffff54 (`PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_TRANSACTION_UID`): [transaction file](#transaction-file-format-for-tbd).
* Other files are unused and reserved for future use.
### Key file format for TBD
All integers are encoded in little-endian order in 8-bit bytes except where otherwise indicated.
The layout of a key file is:
* magic (8 bytes): `"PSA\0KEY\0"`.
* version (4 bytes): 0.
* lifetime (4 bytes): `psa_key_lifetime_t` value.
* type (4 bytes): `psa_key_type_t` value.
* policy usage flags (4 bytes): `psa_key_usage_t` value.
* policy usage algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value.
* policy enrollment algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value.
* key material length (4 bytes).
* key material:
* For a transparent key: output of `psa_export_key`.
* For an opaque key (unified driver interface): driver-specific opaque key blob.
* For an opaque key (key in a secure element): slot number (8 bytes), in platform endianness.
* Any trailing data is rejected on load.
### Transaction file format for TBD
The transaction file contains data about an ongoing action that cannot be completed atomically. It exists only if there is an ongoing transaction.
All integers are encoded in platform endianness.
All currently existing transactions concern a key in a secure element.
The layout of a transaction file is:
* type (2 bytes): the [transaction type](#transaction-types-on-tbd).
* unused (2 bytes)
* lifetime (4 bytes): `psa_key_lifetime_t` value that corresponds to a key in a secure element.
* slot number (8 bytes): `psa_key_slot_number_t` value. This is the unique designation of the key for the secure element driver.
* key identifier (4 bytes in a library integration, 8 bytes on a PSA platform): the internal representation of the key identifier. On a PSA platform, this encodes the key owner in the same way as [in file identifiers for key files](#file-namespace-on-a-psa-platform-on-tbd)).
#### Transaction types on TBD
* 0x0001: key creation. The following locations may or may not contain data about the key that is being created:
* The slot in the secure element designated by the slot number.
* The file containing the key metadata designated by the key identifier.
* The driver persistent data.
* 0x0002: key destruction. The following locations may or may not still contain data about the key that is being destroyed:
* The slot in the secure element designated by the slot number.
* The file containing the key metadata designated by the key identifier.
* The driver persistent data.
Mbed Crypto TBD
---------------
Tags: TBD
Released in TBD 2020. <br>
Integrated in Mbed OS TBD.
### Changes introduced in TBD
* The type field has been split into a type and a bits field of 2 bytes each.
### Key file format for TBD
All integers are encoded in little-endian order in 8-bit bytes except where otherwise indicated.
The layout of a key file is:
* magic (8 bytes): `"PSA\0KEY\0"`.
* version (4 bytes): 0.
* lifetime (4 bytes): `psa_key_lifetime_t` value.
* type (2 bytes): `psa_key_type_t` value.
* bits (2 bytes): `psa_key_bits_t` value.
* policy usage flags (4 bytes): `psa_key_usage_t` value.
* policy usage algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value.
* policy enrollment algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value.
* key material length (4 bytes).
* key material:
* For a transparent key: output of `psa_export_key`.
* For an opaque key (unified driver interface): driver-specific opaque key blob.
* For an opaque key (key in a secure element): slot number (8 bytes), in platform endianness.
* Any trailing data is rejected on load.
Mbed TLS 2.25.0
---------------
Tags: `mbedtls-2.25.0`, `mbedtls-2.26.0`, `mbedtls-2.27.0`, `mbedtls-2.28.0` (continued in early 3.x releases)
First released in December 2020.
Note: this is the first version that is officially supported. The version number is still 0.
Backward compatibility commitments: we promise backward compatibility for stored keys when Mbed TLS is upgraded from x to y if x >= 2.25 and y < 4. See [`BRANCHES.md`](../../BRANCHES.md) for more details.
Supported integrations:
* [PSA platform](#file-namespace-on-a-psa-platform-on-mbed-tls-2.25.0)
* [library using PSA ITS](#file-namespace-on-its-as-a-library-on-mbed-tls-2.25.0)
* [library using C stdio](#file-namespace-on-stdio-for-mbed-tls-2.25.0)
Supported features:
* [Persistent keys](#key-file-format-for-mbed-tls-2.25.0) designated by a [key identifier and owner](#key-names-for-mbed-tls-2.25.0). Keys can be:
* Transparent, stored in the export format.
* Opaque, using the unified driver interface with statically registered drivers (`MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVERS`). The driver determines the content of the opaque key blob.
* Opaque, using the deprecated secure element interface with dynamically registered drivers (`MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_SE_C`). The driver picks a slot number which is stored in the place of the key material.
* [Nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-mbed-tls-2.25.0) on ITS only.
### Changes introduced in Mbed TLS 2.25.0
* The numerical encodings of `psa_key_type_t`, `psa_key_usage_t` and `psa_algorithm_t` have changed.
### File namespace on a PSA platform on Mbed TLS 2.25.0
Assumption: ITS provides a 64-bit file identifier namespace. The Crypto service can use arbitrary file identifiers and no other part of the system accesses the same file identifier namespace.
Assumption: the owner identifier is a nonzero value of type `int32_t`.
* Files 0 through 0xfffeffff: unused.
* Files 0xffff0000 through 0xffffffff: reserved for internal use of the crypto library or crypto service. See [non-key files](#non-key-files-on-mbed-tls-2.25.0).
* Files 0x100000000 through 0xffffffffffff: [content](#key-file-format-for-mbed-tls-2.25.0) of the [key whose identifier is the file identifier](#key-names-for-mbed-tls-2.25.0). The upper 32 bits determine the owner.
### File namespace on ITS as a library on Mbed TLS 2.25.0
Assumption: ITS provides a 64-bit file identifier namespace. The entity using the crypto library can use arbitrary file identifiers and no other part of the system accesses the same file identifier namespace.
This is a library integration, so there is no owner. The key file identifier is identical to the key identifier.
* File 0: unused.
* Files 1 through 0xfffeffff: [content](#key-file-format-for-mbed-tls-2.25.0) of the [key whose identifier is the file identifier](#key-names-for-mbed-tls-2.25.0).
* Files 0xffff0000 through 0xffffffff: reserved for internal use of the crypto library or crypto service. See [non-key files](#non-key-files-on-mbed-tls-2.25.0).
* Files 0x100000000 through 0xffffffffffffffff: unused.
### File namespace on stdio for Mbed TLS 2.25.0
Assumption: C stdio, allowing names containing lowercase letters, digits and underscores, of length up to 23.
An undocumented build-time configuration value `PSA_ITS_STORAGE_PREFIX` allows storing the key files in a directory other than the current directory. This value is simply prepended to the file name (so it must end with a directory separator to put the keys in a different directory).
* `PSA_ITS_STORAGE_PREFIX "tempfile.psa_its"`: used as a temporary file. Must be writable. May be overwritten or deleted if present.
* `sprintf(PSA_ITS_STORAGE_PREFIX "%016llx.psa_its", key_id)`: a key or non-key file. The `key_id` in the name is the 64-bit file identifier, which is the [key identifier](#key-names-for-mbed-tls-2.25.0) for a key file or some reserved identifier for a [non-key file](#non-key-files-on-mbed-tls-2.25.0). The contents of the file are:
* Magic header (8 bytes): `"PSA\0ITS\0"`
* File contents.
### Key names for Mbed TLS 2.25.0
Information about each key is stored in a dedicated file designated by the key identifier. In integrations where there is no concept of key owner (in particular, in library integrations), the key identifier is exactly the key identifier as defined in the PSA Cryptography API specification (`psa_key_id_t`). In integrations where there is a concept of key owner (integration into a service for example), the key identifier is made of an owner identifier (its semantics and type are integration specific) and of the key identifier (`psa_key_id_t`) from the key owner point of view.
The way in which the file name is constructed from the key identifier depends on the storage backend. The content of the file is described [below](#key-file-format-for-mbed-tls-2.25.0).
* Library integration: the key file name is just the key identifier as defined in the PSA crypto specification. This is a 32-bit value which must be in the range 0x00000001..0x3fffffff (`PSA_KEY_ID_USER_MIN`..`PSA_KEY_ID_USER_MAX`).
* PSA service integration: the key file name is `(uint64_t)owner_uid << 32 | key_id` where `key_id` is the key identifier from the owner point of view and `owner_uid` (of type `int32_t`) is the calling partition identifier provided to the server by the partition manager. This is a 64-bit value.
### Key file format for Mbed TLS 2.25.0
All integers are encoded in little-endian order in 8-bit bytes except where otherwise indicated.
The layout of a key file is:
* magic (8 bytes): `"PSA\0KEY\0"`.
* version (4 bytes): 0.
* lifetime (4 bytes): `psa_key_lifetime_t` value.
* type (2 bytes): `psa_key_type_t` value.
* bits (2 bytes): `psa_key_bits_t` value.
* policy usage flags (4 bytes): `psa_key_usage_t` value.
* policy usage algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value.
* policy enrollment algorithm (4 bytes): `psa_algorithm_t` value.
* key material length (4 bytes).
* key material:
* For a transparent key: output of `psa_export_key`.
* For an opaque key (unified driver interface): driver-specific opaque key blob.
* For an opaque key (key in a dynamic secure element): slot number (8 bytes), in platform endianness.
* Any trailing data is rejected on load.
### Non-key files on Mbed TLS 2.25.0
File identifiers that are outside the range of persistent key identifiers are reserved for internal use by the library. The only identifiers currently in use have the owner id (top 32 bits) set to 0.
* Files 0xfffffe02 through 0xfffffeff (`PSA_CRYPTO_SE_DRIVER_ITS_UID_BASE + lifetime`): dynamic secure element driver storage. The content of the file is the secure element driver's persistent data.
* File 0xffffff52 (`PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_RANDOM_SEED_UID`): [nonvolatile random seed](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-mbed-tls-2.25.0).
* File 0xffffff54 (`PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_TRANSACTION_UID`): [transaction file](#transaction-file-format-for-mbed-tls-2.25.0).
* Other files are unused and reserved for future use.
### Nonvolatile random seed file format for Mbed TLS 2.25.0
[Identical to Mbed Crypto 0.1.0](#nonvolatile-random-seed-file-format-for-0.1.0).
### Transaction file format for Mbed TLS 2.25.0
The transaction file contains data about an ongoing action that cannot be completed atomically. It exists only if there is an ongoing transaction.
All integers are encoded in platform endianness.
All currently existing transactions concern a key in a dynamic secure element.
The layout of a transaction file is:
* type (2 bytes): the [transaction type](#transaction-types-on-mbed-tls-2.25.0).
* unused (2 bytes)
* lifetime (4 bytes): `psa_key_lifetime_t` value that corresponds to a key in a secure element.
* slot number (8 bytes): `psa_key_slot_number_t` value. This is the unique designation of the key for the secure element driver.
* key identifier (4 bytes in a library integration, 8 bytes on a PSA platform): the internal representation of the key identifier. On a PSA platform, this encodes the key owner in the same way as [in file identifiers for key files](#file-namespace-on-a-psa-platform-on-mbed-tls-2.25.0)).
#### Transaction types on Mbed TLS 2.25.0
* 0x0001: key creation. The following locations may or may not contain data about the key that is being created:
* The slot in the secure element designated by the slot number.
* The file containing the key metadata designated by the key identifier.
* The driver persistent data.
* 0x0002: key destruction. The following locations may or may not still contain data about the key that is being destroyed:
* The slot in the secure element designated by the slot number.
* The file containing the key metadata designated by the key identifier.
* The driver persistent data.

View File

@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
PSA Cryptography API implementation and PSA driver interface
===========================================================
## Introduction
The [PSA Cryptography API specification](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/psa/#application-programming-interface) defines an interface to cryptographic operations for which the Mbed TLS library provides a reference implementation. The PSA Cryptography API specification is complemented by the PSA driver interface specification which defines an interface for cryptoprocessor drivers.
This document describes the high level organization of the Mbed TLS PSA Cryptography API implementation which is tightly related to the PSA driver interface.
## High level organization of the Mbed TLS PSA Cryptography API implementation
In one sentence, the Mbed TLS PSA Cryptography API implementation is made of a core and PSA drivers as defined in the PSA driver interface. The key point is that software cryptographic operations are organized as PSA drivers: they interact with the core through the PSA driver interface.
### Rationale
* Addressing software and hardware cryptographic implementations through the same C interface reduces the core code size and its call graph complexity. The core and its dispatching to software and hardware implementations are consequently easier to test and validate.
* The organization of the software cryptographic implementations in drivers promotes modularization of those implementations.
* As hardware capabilities, software cryptographic functionalities can be described by a JSON driver description file as defined in the PSA driver interface.
* Along with JSON driver description files, the PSA driver specification defines the deliverables for a driver to be included into the Mbed TLS PSA Cryptography implementation. This provides a natural framework to integrate third party or alternative software implementations of cryptographic operations.
## The Mbed TLS PSA Cryptography API implementation core
The core implements all the APIs as defined in the PSA Cryptography API specification but does not perform on its own any cryptographic operation. The core relies on PSA drivers to actually
perform the cryptographic operations. The core is responsible for:
* the key store.
* checking PSA API arguments and translating them into valid arguments for the necessary calls to the PSA driver interface.
* dispatching the cryptographic operations to the appropriate PSA drivers.
The sketch of an Mbed TLS PSA cryptographic API implementation is thus:
```C
psa_status_t psa_api( ... )
{
psa_status_t status;
/* Pre driver interface call processing: validation of arguments, building
* of arguments for the call to the driver interface, ... */
...
/* Call to the driver interface */
status = psa_driver_wrapper_<entry_point>( ... );
if( status != PSA_SUCCESS )
return( status );
/* Post driver interface call processing: validation of the values returned
* by the driver, finalization of the values to return to the caller,
* clean-up in case of error ... */
}
```
The code of most PSA APIs is expected to match precisely the above layout. However, it is likely that the code structure of some APIs will be more complicated with several calls to the driver interface, mainly to encompass a larger variety of hardware designs. For example, to encompass hardware accelerators that are capable of verifying a MAC and those that are only capable of computing a MAC, the psa_mac_verify() API could call first psa_driver_wrapper_mac_verify() and then fallback to psa_driver_wrapper_mac_compute().
The implementations of `psa_driver_wrapper_<entry_point>` functions are generated by the build system based on the JSON driver description files of the various PSA drivers making up the Mbed TLS PSA Cryptography API implementation. The implementations are generated in a psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.c C file and the function prototypes declared in a psa_crypto_driver_wrappers.h header file.
The psa_driver_wrapper_<entry_point>() functions dispatch cryptographic operations to accelerator drivers, secure element drivers as well as to the software implementations of cryptographic operations.
Note that the implementation allows to build the library with only a C compiler by shipping a generated file corresponding to a pure software implementation. The driver entry points and their code in this generated file are guarded by pre-processor directives based on PSA_WANT_xyz macros (see [Conditional inclusion of cryptographic mechanism through the PSA API in Mbed TLS](psa-conditional-inclusion-c.html). That way, it is possible to compile and include in the library only the desired cryptographic operations.
### Key creation
Key creation implementation in Mbed TLS PSA core is articulated around three internal functions: psa_start_key_creation(), psa_finish_key_creation() and psa_fail_key_creation(). Implementations of key creation PSA APIs, namely psa_import_key(), psa_generate_key(), psa_key_derivation_output_key() and psa_copy_key() go by the following sequence:
1. Check the input parameters.
2. Call psa_start_key_creation() that allocates a key slot, prepares it with the specified key attributes, and in case of a volatile key assign it a volatile key identifier.
3. Generate or copy the key material into the key slot. This entails the allocation of the buffer to store the key material.
4. Call psa_finish_key_creation() that mostly saves persistent keys into persistent storage.
In case of any error occurring at step 3 or 4, psa_fail_key_creation() is called. It wipes and cleans the slot especially the key material: reset to zero of the RAM memory that contained the key material, free the allocated buffer.
## Mbed TLS PSA Cryptography API implementation drivers
A driver of the Mbed TLS PSA Cryptography API implementation (Mbed TLS PSA driver in the following) is a driver in the sense that it is compliant with the PSA driver interface specification. But it is not an actual driver that drives some hardware. It implements cryptographic operations purely in software.
An Mbed TLS PSA driver C file is named psa_crypto_<driver_name>.c and its associated header file psa_crypto_<driver_name>.h. The functions implementing a driver entry point as defined in the PSA driver interface specification are named as mbedtls_psa_<driver name>_<entry point>(). As an example, the psa_crypto_rsa.c and psa_crypto_rsa.h are the files containing the Mbed TLS PSA driver implementing RSA cryptographic operations. This RSA driver implements among other entry points the "import_key" entry point. The function implementing this entry point is named mbedtls_psa_rsa_import_key().

View File

@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
# Mbed TLS driver interface test strategy
This document describes the test strategy for the driver interfaces in Mbed TLS. Mbed TLS has interfaces for secure element drivers, accelerator drivers and entropy drivers. This document is about testing Mbed TLS itself; testing drivers is out of scope.
The driver interfaces are standardized through PSA Cryptography functional specifications.
## Secure element driver interface testing
### Secure element driver interfaces
#### Opaque driver interface
The [unified driver interface](../../proposed/psa-driver-interface.md) supports both transparent drivers (for accelerators) and opaque drivers (for secure elements).
Drivers exposing this interface need to be registered at compile time by declaring their JSON description file.
#### Dynamic secure element driver interface
The dynamic secure element driver interface (SE interface for short) is defined by [`psa/crypto_se_driver.h`](../../../include/psa/crypto_se_driver.h). This is an interface between Mbed TLS and one or more third-party drivers.
The SE interface consists of one function provided by Mbed TLS (`psa_register_se_driver`) and many functions that drivers must implement. To make a driver usable by Mbed TLS, the initialization code must call `psa_register_se_driver` with a structure that describes the driver. The structure mostly contains function pointers, pointing to the driver's methods. All calls to a driver function are triggered by a call to a PSA crypto API function.
### SE driver interface unit tests
This section describes unit tests that must be implemented to validate the secure element driver interface. Note that a test case may cover multiple requirements; for example a “good case” test can validate that the proper function is called, that it receives the expected inputs and that it produces the expected outputs.
Many SE driver interface unit tests could be covered by running the existing API tests with a key in a secure element.
#### SE driver registration
This applies to dynamic drivers only.
* Test `psa_register_se_driver` with valid and with invalid arguments.
* Make at least one failing call to `psa_register_se_driver` followed by a successful call.
* Make at least one test that successfully registers the maximum number of drivers and fails to register one more.
#### Dispatch to SE driver
For each API function that can lead to a driver call (more precisely, for each driver method call site, but this is practically equivalent):
* Make at least one test with a key in a secure element that checks that the driver method is called. A few API functions involve multiple driver methods; these should validate that all the expected driver methods are called.
* Make at least one test with a key that is not in a secure element that checks that the driver method is not called.
* Make at least one test with a key in a secure element with a driver that does not have the requisite method (i.e. the method pointer is `NULL`) but has the substructure containing that method, and check that the return value is `PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED`.
* Make at least one test with a key in a secure element with a driver that does not have the substructure containing that method (i.e. the pointer to the substructure is `NULL`), and check that the return value is `PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED`.
* At least one test should register multiple drivers with a key in each driver and check that the expected driver is called. This does not need to be done for all operations (use a white-box approach to determine if operations may use different code paths to choose the driver).
* At least one test should register the same driver structure with multiple lifetime values and check that the driver receives the expected lifetime value.
Some methods only make sense as a group (for example a driver that provides the MAC methods must provide all or none). In those cases, test with all of them null and none of them null.
#### SE driver inputs
For each API function that can lead to a driver call (more precisely, for each driver method call site, but this is practically equivalent):
* Wherever the specification guarantees parameters that satisfy certain preconditions, check these preconditions whenever practical.
* If the API function can take parameters that are invalid and must not reach the driver, call the API function with such parameters and verify that the driver method is not called.
* Check that the expected inputs reach the driver. This may be implicit in a test that checks the outputs if the only realistic way to obtain the correct outputs is to start from the expected inputs (as is often the case for cryptographic material, but not for metadata).
#### SE driver outputs
For each API function that leads to a driver call, call it with parameters that cause a driver to be invoked and check how Mbed TLS handles the outputs.
* Correct outputs.
* Incorrect outputs such as an invalid output length.
* Expected errors (e.g. `PSA_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE` from a signature verification method).
* Unexpected errors. At least test that if the driver returns `PSA_ERROR_GENERIC_ERROR`, this is propagated correctly.
Key creation functions invoke multiple methods and need more complex error handling:
* Check the consequence of errors detected at each stage (slot number allocation or validation, key creation method, storage accesses).
* Check that the storage ends up in the expected state. At least make sure that no intermediate file remains after a failure.
#### Persistence of SE keys
The following tests must be performed at least one for each key creation method (import, generate, ...).
* Test that keys in a secure element survive `psa_close_key(); psa_open_key()`.
* Test that keys in a secure element survive `mbedtls_psa_crypto_free(); psa_crypto_init()`.
* Test that the driver's persistent data survives `mbedtls_psa_crypto_free(); psa_crypto_init()`.
* Test that `psa_destroy_key()` does not leave any trace of the key.
#### Resilience for SE drivers
Creating or removing a key in a secure element involves multiple storage modifications (M<sub>1</sub>, ..., M<sub>n</sub>). If the operation is interrupted by a reset at any point, it must be either rolled back or completed.
* For each potential interruption point (before M<sub>1</sub>, between M<sub>1</sub> and M<sub>2</sub>, ..., after M<sub>n</sub>), call `mbedtls_psa_crypto_free(); psa_crypto_init()` at that point and check that this either rolls back or completes the operation that was started.
* This must be done for each key creation method and for key destruction.
* This must be done for each possible flow, including error cases (e.g. a key creation that fails midway due to `OUT_OF_MEMORY`).
* The recovery during `psa_crypto_init` can itself be interrupted. Test those interruptions too.
* Two things need to be tested: the key that is being created or destroyed, and the driver's persistent storage.
* Check both that the storage has the expected content (this can be done by e.g. using a key that is supposed to be present) and does not have any unexpected content (for keys, this can be done by checking that `psa_open_key` fails with `PSA_ERROR_DOES_NOT_EXIST`).
This requires instrumenting the storage implementation, either to force it to fail at each point or to record successive storage states and replay each of them. Each `psa_its_xxx` function call is assumed to be atomic.
### SE driver system tests
#### Real-world use case
We must have at least one driver that is close to real-world conditions:
* With its own source tree.
* Running on actual hardware.
* Run the full driver validation test suite (which does not yet exist).
* Run at least one test application (e.g. the Mbed OS TLS example).
This requirement shall be fulfilled by the [Microchip ATECC508A driver](https://github.com/ARMmbed/mbed-os-atecc608a/).
#### Complete driver
We should have at least one driver that covers the whole interface:
* With its own source tree.
* Implementing all the methods.
* Run the full driver validation test suite (which does not yet exist).
A PKCS#11 driver would be a good candidate. It would be useful as part of our product offering.
## Transparent driver interface testing
The [unified driver interface](../../proposed/psa-driver-interface.md) defines interfaces for accelerators.
### Test requirements
#### Requirements for transparent driver testing
Every cryptographic mechanism for which a transparent driver interface exists (key creation, cryptographic operations, …) must be exercised in at least one build. The test must verify that the driver code is called.
#### Requirements for fallback
The driver interface includes a fallback mechanism so that a driver can reject a request at runtime and let another driver handle the request. For each entry point, there must be at least three test runs with two or more drivers available with driver A configured to fall back to driver B, with one run where A returns `PSA_SUCCESS`, one where A returns `PSA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED` and B is invoked, and one where A returns a different error and B is not invoked.
## Entropy and randomness interface testing
TODO

View File

@@ -1,367 +0,0 @@
# Mbed TLS invasive testing strategy
## Introduction
In Mbed TLS, we use black-box testing as much as possible: test the documented behavior of the product, in a realistic environment. However this is not always sufficient.
The goal of this document is to identify areas where black-box testing is insufficient and to propose solutions.
This is a test strategy document, not a test plan. A description of exactly what is tested is out of scope.
This document is structured as follows:
* [“Rules”](#rules) gives general rules and is written for brevity.
* [“Requirements”](#requirements) explores the reasons why invasive testing is needed and how it should be done.
* [“Possible approaches”](#possible-approaches) discusses some general methods for non-black-box testing.
* [“Solutions”](#solutions) explains how we currently solve, or intend to solve, specific problems.
### TLS
This document currently focuses on data structure manipulation and storage, which is what the crypto/keystore and X.509 parts of the library are about. More work is needed to fully take TLS into account.
## Rules
Always follow these rules unless you have a good reason not to. If you deviate, document the rationale somewhere.
See the section [“Possible approaches”](#possible-approaches) for a rationale.
### Interface design for testing
Do not add test-specific interfaces if there's a practical way of doing it another way. All public interfaces should be useful in at least some configurations. Features with a significant impact on the code size or attack surface should have a compile-time guard.
### Reliance on internal details
In unit tests and in test programs, it's ok to include header files from `library/`. Do not define non-public interfaces in public headers (`include/mbedtls` has `*_internal.h` headers for legacy reasons, but this approach is deprecated). In contrast, sample programs must not include header files from `library/`.
Sometimes it makes sense to have unit tests on functions that aren't part of the public API. Declare such functions in `library/*.h` and include the corresponding header in the test code. If the function should be `static` for optimization but can't be `static` for testing, declare it as `MBEDTLS_STATIC_TESTABLE`, and make the tests that use it depend on `MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS` (see [“rules for compile-time options”](#rules-for-compile-time-options)).
If test code or test data depends on internal details of the library and not just on its documented behavior, add a comment in the code that explains the dependency. For example:
> ```
> /* This test file is specific to the ITS implementation in PSA Crypto
> * on top of stdio. It expects to know what the stdio name of a file is
> * based on its keystore name.
> */
> ```
> ```
> # This test assumes that PSA_MAX_KEY_BITS (currently 65536-8 bits = 8191 bytes
> # and not expected to be raised any time soon) is less than the maximum
> # output from HKDF-SHA512 (255*64 = 16320 bytes).
> ```
### Rules for compile-time options
If the most practical way to test something is to add code to the product that is only useful for testing, do so, but obey the following rules. For more information, see the [rationale](#guidelines-for-compile-time-options).
* **Only use test-specific code when necessary.** Anything that can be tested through the documented API must be tested through the documented API.
* **Test-specific code must be guarded by `#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS)`**. Do not create fine-grained guards for test-specific code.
* **Do not use `MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS` for security checks or assertions.** Security checks belong in the product.
* **Merely defining `MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS` must not change the behavior**. It may define extra functions. It may add fields to structures, but if so, make it very clear that these fields have no impact on non-test-specific fields.
* **Where tests must be able to change the behavior, do it by function substitution.** See [“rules for function substitution”](#rules-for-function-substitution) for more details.
#### Rules for function substitution
This section explains how to replace a library function `mbedtls_foo()` by alternative code for test purposes. That is, library code calls `mbedtls_foo()`, and there is a mechanism to arrange for these calls to invoke different code.
Often `mbedtls_foo` is a macro which is defined to be a system function (like `mbedtls_calloc` or `mbedtls_fopen`), which we replace to mock or wrap the system function. This is useful to simulate I/O failure, for example. Note that if the macro can be replaced at compile time to support alternative platforms, the test code should be compatible with this compile-time configuration so that it works on these alternative platforms as well.
Sometimes the substitutable function is a `static inline` function that does nothing (not a macro, to avoid accidentally skipping side effects in its parameters), to provide a hook for test code; such functions should have a name that starts with the prefix `mbedtls_test_hook_`. In such cases, the function should generally not modify its parameters, so any pointer argument should be const. The function should return void.
With `MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS` set, `mbedtls_foo` is a global variable of function pointer type. This global variable is initialized to the system function, or to a function that does nothing. The global variable is defined in a header in the `library` directory such as `psa_crypto_invasive.h`. This is similar to the platform function configuration mechanism with `MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_xxx_ALT`.
In unit test code that needs to modify the internal behavior:
* The test function (or the whole test file) must depend on `MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS`.
* At the beginning of the test function, set the global function pointers to the desired value.
* In the test function's cleanup code, restore the global function pointers to their default value.
## Requirements
### General goals
We need to balance the following goals, which are sometimes contradictory.
* Coverage: we need to test behaviors which are not easy to trigger by using the API or which cannot be triggered deterministically, for example I/O failures.
* Correctness: we want to test the actual product, not a modified version, since conclusions drawn from a test of a modified product may not apply to the real product.
* Effacement: the product should not include features that are solely present for test purposes, since these increase the attack surface and the code size.
* Portability: tests should work on every platform. Skipping tests on certain platforms may hide errors that are only apparent on such platforms.
* Maintainability: tests should only enforce the documented behavior of the product, to avoid extra work when the product's internal or implementation-specific behavior changes. We should also not give the impression that whatever the tests check is guaranteed behavior of the product which cannot change in future versions.
Where those goals conflict, we should at least mitigate the goals that cannot be fulfilled, and document the architectural choices and their rationale.
### Problem areas
#### Allocation
Resource allocation can fail, but rarely does so in a typical test environment. How does the product cope if some allocations fail?
Resources include:
* Memory.
* Files in storage (PSA API only — in the Mbed TLS API, black-box unit tests are sufficient).
* Key slots (PSA API only).
* Key slots in a secure element (PSA SE HAL).
* Communication handles (PSA crypto service only).
#### Storage
Storage can fail, either due to hardware errors or to active attacks on trusted storage. How does the code cope if some storage accesses fail?
We also need to test resilience: if the system is reset during an operation, does it restart in a correct state?
#### Cleanup
When code should clean up resources, how do we know that they have truly been cleaned up?
* Zeroization of confidential data after use.
* Freeing memory.
* Freeing key slots.
* Freeing key slots in a secure element.
* Deleting files in storage (PSA API only).
#### Internal data
Sometimes it is useful to peek or poke internal data.
* Check consistency of internal data (e.g. output of key generation).
* Check the format of files (which matters so that the product can still read old files after an upgrade).
* Inject faults and test corruption checks inside the product.
## Possible approaches
Key to requirement tables:
* ++ requirement is fully met
* \+ requirement is mostly met
* ~ requirement is partially met but there are limitations
* ! requirement is somewhat problematic
* !! requirement is very problematic
### Fine-grained public interfaces
We can include all the features we want to test in the public interface. Then the tests can be truly black-box. The limitation of this approach is that this requires adding a lot of interfaces that are not useful in production. These interfaces have costs: they increase the code size, the attack surface, and the testing burden (exponentially, because we need to test all these interfaces in combination).
As a rule, we do not add public interfaces solely for testing purposes. We only add public interfaces if they are also useful in production, at least sometimes. For example, the main purpose of `mbedtls_psa_crypto_free` is to clean up all resources in tests, but this is also useful in production in some applications that only want to use PSA Crypto during part of their lifetime.
Mbed TLS traditionally has very fine-grained public interfaces, with many platform functions that can be substituted (`MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_xxx` macros). PSA Crypto has more opacity and less platform substitution macros.
| Requirement | Analysis |
| ----------- | -------- |
| Coverage | ~ Many useful tests are not reasonably achievable |
| Correctness | ++ Ideal |
| Effacement | !! Requires adding many otherwise-useless interfaces |
| Portability | ++ Ideal; the additional interfaces may be useful for portability beyond testing |
| Maintainability | !! Combinatorial explosion on the testing burden |
| | ! Public interfaces must remain for backward compatibility even if the test architecture changes |
### Fine-grained undocumented interfaces
We can include all the features we want to test in undocumented interfaces. Undocumented interfaces are described in public headers for the sake of the C compiler, but are described as “do not use” in comments (or not described at all) and are not included in Doxygen-rendered documentation. This mitigates some of the downsides of [fine-grained public interfaces](#fine-grained-public-interfaces), but not all. In particular, the extra interfaces do increase the code size, the attack surface and the test surface.
Mbed TLS traditionally has a few internal interfaces, mostly intended for cross-module abstraction leakage rather than for testing. For the PSA API, we favor [internal interfaces](#internal-interfaces).
| Requirement | Analysis |
| ----------- | -------- |
| Coverage | ~ Many useful tests are not reasonably achievable |
| Correctness | ++ Ideal |
| Effacement | !! Requires adding many otherwise-useless interfaces |
| Portability | ++ Ideal; the additional interfaces may be useful for portability beyond testing |
| Maintainability | ! Combinatorial explosion on the testing burden |
### Internal interfaces
We can write tests that call internal functions that are not exposed in the public interfaces. This is nice when it works, because it lets us test the unchanged product without compromising the design of the public interface.
A limitation is that these interfaces must exist in the first place. If they don't, this has mostly the same downside as public interfaces: the extra interfaces increase the code size and the attack surface for no direct benefit to the product.
Another limitation is that internal interfaces need to be used correctly. We may accidentally rely on internal details in the tests that are not necessarily always true (for example that are platform-specific). We may accidentally use these internal interfaces in ways that don't correspond to the actual product.
This approach is mostly portable since it only relies on C interfaces. A limitation is that the test-only interfaces must not be hidden at link time (but link-time hiding is not something we currently do). Another limitation is that this approach does not work for users who patch the library by replacing some modules; this is a secondary concern since we do not officially offer this as a feature.
| Requirement | Analysis |
| ----------- | -------- |
| Coverage | ~ Many useful tests require additional internal interfaces |
| Correctness | + Does not require a product change |
| | ~ The tests may call internal functions in a way that does not reflect actual usage inside the product |
| Effacement | ++ Fine as long as the internal interfaces aren't added solely for test purposes |
| Portability | + Fine as long as we control how the tests are linked |
| | ~ Doesn't work if the users rewrite an internal module |
| Maintainability | + Tests interfaces that are documented; dependencies in the tests are easily noticed when changing these interfaces |
### Static analysis
If we guarantee certain properties through static analysis, we don't need to test them. This puts some constraints on the properties:
* We need to have confidence in the specification (but we can gain this confidence by evaluating the specification on test data).
* This does not work for platform-dependent properties unless we have a formal model of the platform.
| Requirement | Analysis |
| ----------- | -------- |
| Coverage | ~ Good for platform-independent properties, if we can guarantee them statically |
| Correctness | + Good as long as we have confidence in the specification |
| Effacement | ++ Zero impact on the code |
| Portability | ++ Zero runtime burden |
| Maintainability | ~ Static analysis is hard, but it's also helpful |
### Compile-time options
If there's code that we want to have in the product for testing, but not in production, we can add a compile-time option to enable it. This is very powerful and usually easy to use, but comes with a major downside: we aren't testing the same code anymore.
| Requirement | Analysis |
| ----------- | -------- |
| Coverage | ++ Most things can be tested that way |
| Correctness | ! Difficult to ensure that what we test is what we run |
| Effacement | ++ No impact on the product when built normally or on the documentation, if done right |
| | ! Risk of getting “no impact” wrong |
| Portability | ++ It's just C code so it works everywhere |
| | ~ Doesn't work if the users rewrite an internal module |
| Maintainability | + Test interfaces impact the product source code, but at least they're clearly marked as such in the code |
#### Guidelines for compile-time options
* **Minimize the number of compile-time options.**<br>
Either we're testing or we're not. Fine-grained options for testing would require more test builds, especially if combinatorics enters the play.
* **Merely enabling the compile-time option should not change the behavior.**<br>
When building in test mode, the code should have exactly the same behavior. Changing the behavior should require some action at runtime (calling a function or changing a variable).
* **Minimize the impact on code**.<br>
We should not have test-specific conditional compilation littered through the code, as that makes the code hard to read.
### Runtime instrumentation
Some properties can be tested through runtime instrumentation: have the compiler or a similar tool inject something into the binary.
* Sanitizers check for certain bad usage patterns (ASan, MSan, UBSan, Valgrind).
* We can inject external libraries at link time. This can be a way to make system functions fail.
| Requirement | Analysis |
| ----------- | -------- |
| Coverage | ! Limited scope |
| Correctness | + Instrumentation generally does not affect the program's functional behavior |
| Effacement | ++ Zero impact on the code |
| Portability | ~ Depends on the method |
| Maintainability | ~ Depending on the instrumentation, this may require additional builds and scripts |
| | + Many properties come for free, but some require effort (e.g. the test code itself must be leak-free to avoid false positives in a leak detector) |
### Debugger-based testing
If we want to do something in a test that the product isn't capable of doing, we can use a debugger to read or modify the memory, or hook into the code at arbitrary points.
This is a very powerful approach, but it comes with limitations:
* The debugger may introduce behavior changes (e.g. timing). If we modify data structures in memory, we may do so in a way that the code doesn't expect.
* Due to compiler optimizations, the memory may not have the layout that we expect.
* Writing reliable debugger scripts is hard. We need to have confidence that we're testing what we mean to test, even in the face of compiler optimizations. Languages such as gdb make it hard to automate even relatively simple things such as finding the place(s) in the binary corresponding to some place in the source code.
* Debugger scripts are very much non-portable.
| Requirement | Analysis |
| ----------- | -------- |
| Coverage | ++ The sky is the limit |
| Correctness | ++ The code is unmodified, and tested as compiled (so we even detect compiler-induced bugs) |
| | ! Compiler optimizations may hinder |
| | ~ Modifying the execution may introduce divergence |
| Effacement | ++ Zero impact on the code |
| Portability | !! Not all environments have a debugger, and even if they do, we'd need completely different scripts for every debugger |
| Maintainability | ! Writing reliable debugger scripts is hard |
| | !! Very tight coupling with the details of the source code and even with the compiler |
## Solutions
This section lists some strategies that are currently used for invasive testing, or planned to be used. This list is not intended to be exhaustive.
### Memory management
#### Zeroization testing
Goal: test that `mbedtls_platform_zeroize` does wipe the memory buffer.
Solution ([debugger](#debugger-based-testing)): implemented in `tests/scripts/test_zeroize.gdb`.
Rationale: this cannot be tested by adding C code, because the danger is that the compiler optimizes the zeroization away, and any C code that observes the zeroization would cause the compiler not to optimize it away.
#### Memory cleanup
Goal: test the absence of memory leaks.
Solution ([instrumentation](#runtime-instrumentation)): run tests with ASan. (We also use Valgrind, but it's slower than ASan, so we favor ASan.)
Since we run many test jobs with a memory leak detector, each test function or test program must clean up after itself. Use the cleanup code (after the `exit` label in test functions) to free any memory that the function may have allocated.
#### Robustness against memory allocation failure
Solution: TODO. We don't test this at all at this point.
#### PSA key store memory cleanup
Goal: test the absence of resource leaks in the PSA key store code, in particular that `psa_close_key` and `psa_destroy_key` work correctly.
Solution ([internal interface](#internal-interfaces)): in most tests involving PSA functions, the cleanup code explicitly calls `PSA_DONE()` instead of `mbedtls_psa_crypto_free()`. `PSA_DONE` fails the test if the key store in memory is not empty.
Note there must also be tests that call `mbedtls_psa_crypto_free` with keys still open, to verify that it does close all keys.
`PSA_DONE` is a macro defined in `psa_crypto_helpers.h` which uses `mbedtls_psa_get_stats()` to get information about the keystore content before calling `mbedtls_psa_crypto_free()`. This feature is mostly but not exclusively useful for testing, and may be moved under `MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS`.
### PSA storage
#### PSA storage cleanup on success
Goal: test that no stray files are left over in the key store after a test that succeeded.
Solution: TODO. Currently the various test suites do it differently.
#### PSA storage cleanup on failure
Goal: ensure that no stray files are left over in the key store even if a test has failed (as that could cause other tests to fail).
Solution: TODO. Currently the various test suites do it differently.
#### PSA storage resilience
Goal: test the resilience of PSA storage against power failures.
Solution: TODO.
See the [secure element driver interface test strategy](driver-interface-test-strategy.html) for more information.
#### Corrupted storage
Goal: test the robustness against corrupted storage.
Solution ([internal interface](#internal-interfaces)): call `psa_its` functions to modify the storage.
#### Storage read failure
Goal: test the robustness against read errors.
Solution: TODO
#### Storage write failure
Goal: test the robustness against write errors (`STORAGE_FAILURE` or `INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE`).
Solution: TODO
#### Storage format stability
Goal: test that the storage format does not change between versions (or if it does, an upgrade path must be provided).
Solution ([internal interface](#internal-interfaces)): call internal functions to inspect the content of the file.
Note that the storage format is defined not only by the general layout, but also by the numerical values of encodings for key types and other metadata. For numerical values, there is a risk that we would accidentally modify a single value or a few values, so the tests should be exhaustive. This probably requires some compile-time analysis (perhaps the automation for `psa_constant_names` can be used here). TODO
### Other fault injection
#### PSA crypto init failure
Goal: test the failure of `psa_crypto_init`.
Solution ([compile-time option](#compile-time-options)): replace entropy initialization functions by functions that can fail. This is the only failure point for `psa_crypto_init` that is present in all builds.
When we implement the PSA entropy driver interface, this should be reworked to use the entropy driver interface.
#### PSA crypto data corruption
The PSA crypto subsystem has a few checks to detect corrupted data in memory. We currently don't have a way to exercise those checks.
Solution: TODO. To corrupt a multipart operation structure, we can do it by looking inside the structure content, but only when running without isolation. To corrupt the key store, we would need to add a function to the library or to use a debugger.

View File

@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
# Mbed TLS PSA keystore format stability testing strategy
## Introduction
The PSA crypto subsystem includes a persistent key store. It is possible to create a persistent key and read it back later. This must work even if Mbed TLS has been upgraded in the meantime (except for deliberate breaks in the backward compatibility of the storage).
The goal of this document is to define a test strategy for the key store that not only validates that it's possible to load a key that was saved with the version of Mbed TLS under test, but also that it's possible to load a key that was saved with previous versions of Mbed TLS.
Interoperability is not a goal: PSA crypto implementations are not intended to have compatible storage formats. Downgrading is not required to work.
## General approach
### Limitations of a direct approach
The goal of storage format stability testing is: as a user of Mbed TLS, I want to store a key under version V and read it back under version W, with W ≥ V.
Doing the testing this way would be difficult because we'd need to have version V of Mbed TLS available when testing version W.
An alternative, semi-direct approach consists of generating test data under version V, and reading it back under version W. Done naively, this would require keeping a large amount of test data (full test coverage multiplied by the number of versions that we want to preserve backward compatibility with).
### Save-and-compare approach
Importing and saving a key is deterministic. Therefore we can ensure the stability of the storage format by creating test cases under a version V of Mbed TLS, where the test case parameters include both the parameters to pass to key creation and the expected state of the storage after the key is created. The test case creates a key as indicated by the parameters, then compares the actual state of the storage with the expected state.
In addition, the test case also loads the key and checks that it has the expected data and metadata. Import-and-save testing and load-and-check testing can be split into separate test functions with the same payloads.
If the test passes with version V, this means that the test data is consistent with what the implementation does. When the test later runs under version W ≥ V, it creates and reads back a storage state which is known to be identical to the state that V would have produced. Thus, this approach validates that W can read storage states created by V.
Note that it is the combination of import-and-save passing on version V and load-and-check passing on version W with the same data that proves that version W can read back what version V wrote. From the perspective of a particular version of the library, the import-and-save tests guarantee forward compatibility while the load-and-check tests guarantee backward compatibility.
Use a similar approach for files other than keys where possible and relevant.
### Keeping up with storage format evolution
Test cases should normally not be removed from the code base: if something has worked before, it should keep working in future versions, so we should keep testing it.
This cannot be enforced solely by looking at a single version of Mbed TLS, since there would be no indication that more test cases used to exist. It can only be enforced through review of library changes. The review is be assisted by a tool that compares the old and the new version, which is implemented in `scripts/abi_check.py`. This tool fails the CI if load-and-check test case disappears (changed test cases are raised as false positives).
If the way certain keys are stored changes, and we don't deliberately decide to stop supporting old keys (which should only be done by retiring a version of the storage format), then we should keep the corresponding test cases in load-only mode: create a file with the expected content, load it and check the data that it contains.
## Storage architecture overview
The PSA subsystem provides storage on top of the PSA trusted storage interface. The state of the storage is a mapping from file identifier (a 64-bit number) to file content (a byte array). These files include:
* [Key files](#key-storage) (files containing one key's metadata and, except for some secure element keys, key material).
* The [random generator injected seed or state file](#random-generator-state) (`PSA_CRYPTO_ITS_RANDOM_SEED_UID`).
* [Storage transaction file](#storage-transaction-resumption).
* [Driver state files](#driver-state-files).
For a more detailed description, refer to the [Mbed TLS storage specification](../mbed-crypto-storage-specification.md).
In addition, Mbed TLS includes an implementation of the PSA trusted storage interface on top of C stdio. This document addresses the test strategy for [PSA ITS over file](#psa-its-over-file) in a separate section below.
## Key storage testing
This section describes the desired test cases for keys created with the current storage format version. When the storage format changes, if backward compatibility is desired, old test data should be kept as described under [“Keeping up with storage format evolution”](#keeping-up-with-storage-format-evolution).
### Keystore layout
Objective: test that the key file name corresponds to the key identifier.
Method: Create a key with a given identifier (using `psa_import_key`) and verify that a file with the expected name is created, and no other. Repeat for different identifiers.
### General key format
Objective: test the format of the key file: which field goes where and how big it is.
Method: Create a key with certain metadata with `psa_import_key`. Read the file content and validate that it has the expected layout, deduced from the storage specification. Repeat with different metadata. Ensure that there are test cases covering all fields.
### Enumeration of test cases for keys
Objective: ensure that the coverage is sufficient to have assurance that all keys are stored correctly. This requires a sufficient selection of key types, sizes, policies, etc.
In particular, the tests must validate that each `PSA_xxx` constant that is stored in a key is covered by at least one test case:
* Lifetimes: `PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_xxx`, `PSA_KEY_PERSISTENCE_xxx`, `PSA_KEY_LOCATION_xxx`.
* Usage flags: `PSA_KEY_USAGE_xxx`.
* Algorithms in policies: `PSA_ALG_xxx`.
* Key types: `PSA_KEY_TYPE_xxx`, `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_xxx`, `PSA_DH_FAMILY_xxx`.
In addition, the coverage of key material must ensure that any variation in key representation is detected. See [“Considerations on key material representations”](#Considerations-on-key-material-representations) for considerations regarding key types.
Method: Each test case creates a key with `psa_import_key`, purges it from memory, then reads it back and exercises it.
Generate test cases automatically based on an enumeration of available constants and some knowledge of what attributes (sizes, algorithms, …) and content to use for keys of a certain type.
### Testing with alternative lifetime values
Objective: have test coverage for lifetimes other than the default persistent lifetime (`PSA_KEY_LIFETIME_PERSISTENT`).
Method:
* For alternative locations: have tests conditional on the presence of a driver for that location.
* For alternative persistence levels: have load-and-check tests for supported persistence levels. We may also want to have negative tests ensuring that keys with a not-supported persistence level are not accidentally created.
### Considerations on key material representations
The risks of incompatibilities in key representations depends on the key type and on the presence of drivers. Compatibility of and with drivers is currently out of scope of this document.
Some types only have one plausible representation. Others admit alternative plausible representations (different encodings, or non-canonical representations).
Here are some areas to watch for, with an identified risk of incompatibilities.
* HMAC keys longer than the block size: pre-hashed or not?
* DES keys: was parity enforced?
* RSA keys: can invalid DER encodings (e.g. leading zeros, ignored sign bit) have been stored?
* RSA private keys: can invalid CRT parameters have been stored?
* Montgomery private keys: were they stored in masked form?
## Random generator state
TODO
## Driver state files
Not yet implemented.
TODO
## Storage transaction resumption
Only relevant for secure element support. Not yet fully implemented.
TODO
## PSA ITS over file
TODO

View File

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
# Mbed TLS test framework
This document is an overview of the Mbed TLS test framework and test tools.
This document is incomplete. You can help by expanding it.
## Unit tests
See <https://mbed-tls.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kb/development/test_suites>
### Unit test descriptions
Each test case has a description which succinctly describes for a human audience what the test does. The first non-comment line of each paragraph in a `.data` file is the test description. The following rules and guidelines apply:
* Test descriptions may not contain semicolons, line breaks and other control characters, or non-ASCII characters. <br>
Rationale: keep the tools that process test descriptions (`generate_test_code.py`, [outcome file](#outcome-file) tools) simple.
* Test descriptions must be unique within a `.data` file. If you can't think of a better description, the convention is to append `#1`, `#2`, etc. <br>
Rationale: make it easy to relate a failure log to the test data. Avoid confusion between cases in the [outcome file](#outcome-file).
* Test descriptions should be a maximum of **66 characters**. <br>
Rationale: 66 characters is what our various tools assume (leaving room for 14 more characters on an 80-column line). Longer descriptions may be truncated or may break a visual alignment. <br>
We have a lot of test cases with longer descriptions, but they should be avoided. At least please make sure that the first 66 characters describe the test uniquely.
* Make the description descriptive. “foo: x=2, y=4” is more descriptive than “foo #2”. “foo: 0<x<y, both even” is even better if these inequalities and parities are why this particular test data was chosen.
* Avoid changing the description of an existing test case without a good reason. This breaks the tracking of failures across CI runs, since this tracking is based on the descriptions.
`tests/scripts/check_test_cases.py` enforces some rules and warns if some guidelines are violated.
## TLS tests
### SSL extension tests
#### SSL test case descriptions
Each test case in `ssl-opt.sh` has a description which succinctly describes for a human audience what the test does. The test description is the first parameter to `run_test`.
The same rules and guidelines apply as for [unit test descriptions](#unit-test-descriptions). In addition, the description must be written on the same line as `run_test`, in double quotes, for the sake of `check_test_cases.py`.
### SSL cipher suite tests
Each test case in `compat.sh` has a description which succinctly describes for a human audience what the test does. The test description is `$TITLE` defined in `run_client`.
The same rules and guidelines apply as for [unit test descriptions](#unit-test-descriptions). In addition, failure cause in `compat.sh` is not classified as `ssl-opt.sh`, so the information of failed log files are followed as prompt.
## Running tests
### Outcome file
#### Generating an outcome file
Unit tests, `ssl-opt.sh` and `compat.sh` record the outcome of each test case in a **test outcome file**. This feature is enabled if the environment variable `MBEDTLS_TEST_OUTCOME_FILE` is set. Set it to the path of the desired file.
If you run `all.sh --outcome-file test-outcome.csv`, this collects the outcome of all the test cases in `test-outcome.csv`.
#### Outcome file format
The outcome file is in a CSV format using `;` (semicolon) as the delimiter and no quoting. This means that fields may not contain newlines or semicolons. There is no title line.
The outcome file has 6 fields:
* **Platform**: a description of the platform, e.g. `Linux-x86_64` or `Linux-x86_64-gcc7-msan`.
* **Configuration**: a unique description of the configuration (`config.h`).
* **Test suite**: `test_suite_xxx`, `ssl-opt` or `compat`.
* **Test case**: the description of the test case.
* **Result**: one of `PASS`, `SKIP` or `FAIL`.
* **Cause**: more information explaining the result.

View File

@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
TLS 1.3 Experimental Developments
=================================
Overview
--------
Mbed TLS doesn't support the TLS 1.3 protocol yet, but a prototype is in development.
Stable parts of this prototype that can be independently tested are being successively
upstreamed under the guard of the following macro:
```
MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3_EXPERIMENTAL
```
This macro will likely be renamed to `MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3` once a minimal viable
implementation of the TLS 1.3 protocol is available.
See the [documentation of `MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3_EXPERIMENTAL`](../../include/mbedtls/config.h)
for more information.
Status
------
The following lists which parts of the TLS 1.3 prototype have already been upstreamed
together with their level of testing:
* TLS 1.3 record protection mechanisms
The record protection routines `mbedtls_ssl_{encrypt|decrypt}_buf()` have been extended
to support the modified TLS 1.3 record protection mechanism, including modified computation
of AAD, IV, and the introduction of a flexible padding.
Those record protection routines have unit tests in `test_suite_ssl` alongside the
tests for the other record protection routines.
TODO: Add some test vectors from RFC 8448.
- The HKDF key derivation function on which the TLS 1.3 key schedule is based,
is already present as an independent module controlled by `MBEDTLS_HKDF_C`
independently of the development of the TLS 1.3 prototype.
- The TLS 1.3-specific HKDF-based key derivation functions (see RFC 8446):
* HKDF-Expand-Label
* Derive-Secret
- Secret evolution
* The traffic {Key,IV} generation from secret
Those functions are implemented in `library/ssl_tls13_keys.c` and
tested in `test_suite_ssl` using test vectors from RFC 8448 and
https://tls13.ulfheim.net/.
- New TLS Message Processing Stack (MPS)
The TLS 1.3 prototype is developed alongside a rewrite of the TLS messaging layer,
encompassing low-level details such as record parsing, handshake reassembly, and
DTLS retransmission state machine.
MPS has the following components:
- Layer 1 (Datagram handling)
- Layer 2 (Record handling)
- Layer 3 (Message handling)
- Layer 4 (Retransmission State Machine)
- Reader (Abstracted pointer arithmetic and reassembly logic for incoming data)
- Writer (Abstracted pointer arithmetic and fragmentation logic for outgoing data)
Of those components, the following have been upstreamed
as part of `MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_3_EXPERIMENTAL`:
- Reader ([`library/mps_reader.h`](../../library/mps_reader.h))

View File

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
# Configuration file for the Sphinx documentation builder.
#
# For the full list of built-in configuration values, see the documentation:
# https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/configuration.html
# -- Project information -----------------------------------------------------
# https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/configuration.html#project-information
import glob
project = 'Mbed TLS Versioned'
copyright = '2023, Mbed TLS Contributors'
author = 'Mbed TLS Contributors'
# -- General configuration ---------------------------------------------------
# https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/configuration.html#general-configuration
extensions = ['breathe', 'sphinx.ext.graphviz']
templates_path = ['_templates']
exclude_patterns = ['_build', 'Thumbs.db', '.DS_Store']
breathe_projects = {
'mbedtls-versioned': '../apidoc/xml'
}
breathe_default_project = 'mbedtls-versioned'
primary_domain = 'c'
highlight_language = 'c'
# -- Options for HTML output -------------------------------------------------
# https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/configuration.html#options-for-html-output
html_theme = 'sphinx_rtd_theme'
html_static_path = ['_static']

View File

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
.. Mbed TLS Versioned documentation master file, created by
sphinx-quickstart on Thu Feb 23 18:13:44 2023.
You can adapt this file completely to your liking, but it should at least
contain the root `toctree` directive.
Mbed TLS API documentation
==========================
.. doxygenpage:: index
:project: mbedtls-versioned
.. toctree::
:caption: Contents
:maxdepth: 1
Home <self>
api/grouplist.rst
api/filelist.rst
api/structlist.rst
api/unionlist.rst

View File

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
The documents in this directory are proposed specifications for Mbed
TLS features. They are not implemented yet, or only partially
implemented. Please follow activity on the `development` branch of
Mbed TLS if you are interested in these features.

View File

@@ -1,244 +0,0 @@
Conditional inclusion of cryptographic mechanism through the PSA API in Mbed TLS
================================================================================
This document is a proposed interface for deciding at build time which cryptographic mechanisms to include in the PSA Cryptography interface.
This is currently a proposal for Mbed TLS. It is not currently on track for standardization in PSA.
## Introduction
### Purpose of this specification
The [PSA Cryptography API specification](https://armmbed.github.io/mbed-crypto/psa/#application-programming-interface) specifies the interface between a PSA Cryptography implementation and an application. The interface defines a number of categories of cryptographic algorithms (hashes, MAC, signatures, etc.). In each category, a typical implementation offers many algorithms (e.g. for signatures: RSA-PKCS#1v1.5, RSA-PSS, ECDSA). When building the implementation for a specific use case, it is often desirable to include only a subset of the available cryptographic mechanisms, primarily in order to reduce the code footprint of the compiled system.
The present document proposes a way for an application using the PSA cryptography interface to declare which mechanisms it requires.
### Conditional inclusion of legacy cryptography modules
Mbed TLS offers a way to select which cryptographic mechanisms are included in a build through its configuration file (`config.h`). This mechanism is based on two main sets of symbols: `MBEDTLS_xxx_C` controls the availability of the mechanism to the application, and `MBEDTLS_xxx_ALT` controls the availability of an alternative implementation, so the software implementation is only included if `MBEDTLS_xxx_C` is defined but not `MBEDTLS_xxx_ALT`.
### PSA evolution
In the PSA cryptography interface, the **core** (built-in implementations of cryptographic mechanisms) can be augmented with drivers. **Transparent drivers** replace the built-in implementation of a cryptographic mechanism (or, with **fallback**, the built-in implementation is tried if the driver only has partial support for the mechanism). **Opaque drivers** implement cryptographic mechanisms on keys which are stored in a separate domain such as a secure element, for which the core only does key management and dispatch using wrapped key blobs or key identifiers.
The current model is difficult to adapt to the PSA interface for several reasons. The `MBEDTLS_xxx_ALT` symbols are somewhat inconsistent, and in particular do not work well for asymmetric cryptography. For example, many parts of the ECC code have no `MBEDTLS_xxx_ALT` symbol, so a platform with ECC acceleration that can perform all ECDSA and ECDH operations in the accelerator would still embark the `bignum` module and large parts of the `ecp_curves`, `ecp` and `ecdsa` modules. Also the availability of a transparent driver for a mechanism does not translate directly to `MBEDTLS_xxx` symbols.
### Requirements
[Req.interface] The application can declare which cryptographic mechanisms it needs.
[Req.inclusion] If the application does not require a mechanism, a suitably configured Mbed TLS build must not include it. The granularity of mechanisms must work for typical use cases and has [acceptable limitations](#acceptable-limitations).
[Req.drivers] If a PSA driver is available in the build, a suitably configured Mbed TLS build must not include the corresponding software code (unless a software fallback is needed).
[Req.c] The configuration mechanism consists of C preprocessor definitions, and the build does not require tools other than a C compiler. This is necessary to allow building an application and Mbed TLS in development environments that do not allow third-party tools.
[Req.adaptability] The implementation of the mechanism must be adaptable with future evolution of the PSA cryptography specifications and Mbed TLS. Therefore the interface must remain sufficiently simple and abstract.
### Acceptable limitations
[Limitation.matrix] If a mechanism is defined by a combination of algorithms and key types, for example a block cipher mode (CBC, CTR, CFB, …) and a block permutation (AES, CAMELLIA, ARIA, …), there is no requirement to include only specific combinations.
[Limitation.direction] For mechanisms that have multiple directions (for example encrypt/decrypt, sign/verify), there is no requirement to include only one direction.
[Limitation.size] There is no requirement to include only support for certain key sizes.
[Limitation.multipart] Where there are multiple ways to perform an operation, for example single-part and multi-part, there is no mechanism to select only one or a subset of the possible ways.
## Interface
### PSA Crypto configuration file
The PSA Crypto configuration file `psa/crypto_config.h` defines a series of symbols of the form `PSA_WANT_xxx` where `xxx` describes the feature that the symbol enables. The symbols are documented in the section [“PSA Crypto configuration symbols”](#psa-crypto-configuration-symbols) below.
The symbol `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` in `mbedtls/config.h` determines whether `psa/crypto_config.h` is used.
* If `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` is unset, which is the default at least in Mbed TLS 2.x versions, things are as they are today: the PSA subsystem includes generic code unconditionally, and includes support for specific mechanisms conditionally based on the existing `MBEDTLS_xxx_` symbols.
* If `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` is set, the necessary software implementations of cryptographic algorithms are included based on both the content of the PSA Crypto configuration file and the Mbed TLS configuration file. For example, the code in `aes.c` is enabled if either `mbedtls/config.h` contains `MBEDTLS_AES_C` or `psa/crypto_config.h` contains `PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_AES`.
### PSA Crypto configuration symbols
#### Configuration symbol syntax
A PSA Crypto configuration symbol is a C preprocessor symbol whose name starts with `PSA_WANT_`.
* If the symbol is not defined, the corresponding feature is not included.
* If the symbol is defined to a preprocessor expression with the value `1`, the corresponding feature is included.
* If the symbol is defined with a different value, the behavior is currently undefined and reserved for future use.
#### Configuration symbol usage
The presence of a symbol `PSA_WANT_xxx` in the Mbed TLS configuration determines whether a feature is available through the PSA API. These symbols should be used in any place that requires conditional compilation based on the availability of a cryptographic mechanism through the PSA API, including:
* In Mbed TLS test code.
* In Mbed TLS library code using `MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO`, for example in TLS to determine which cipher suites to enable.
* In application code that provides additional features based on cryptographic capabilities, for example additional key parsing and formatting functions, or cipher suite availability for network protocols.
#### Configuration symbol semantics
If a feature is not requested for inclusion in the PSA Crypto configuration file, it may still be included in the build, either because the feature has been requested in some other way, or because the library does not support the exclusion of this feature. Mbed TLS should make a best effort to support the exclusion of all features, but in some cases this may be judged too much effort for too little benefit.
#### Configuration symbols for key types
For each constant or constructor macro of the form `PSA_KEY_TYPE_xxx`, the symbol **`PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx`** indicates that support for this key type is desired.
For asymmetric cryptography, `PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx_KEY_PAIR` determines whether private-key operations are desired, and `PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx_PUBLIC_KEY` determines whether public-key operations are desired. `PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx_KEY_PAIR` implicitly enables `PSA_WANT_KEY_TYPE_xxx_PUBLIC_KEY`: there is no way to only include private-key operations (which typically saves little code).
#### Configuration symbols for elliptic curves
For elliptic curve key types, only the specified curves are included. To include a curve, include a symbol of the form **`PSA_WANT_ECC_family_size`**. For example: `PSA_WANT_ECC_SECP_R1_256` for secp256r1, `PSA_WANT_ECC_MONTGOMERY_255` for Curve25519. It is an error to require an ECC key type but no curve, and Mbed TLS will reject this at compile time.
Rationale: this is a deviation of the general principle that `PSA_ECC_FAMILY_xxx` would have a corresponding symbol `PSA_WANT_ECC_FAMILY_xxx`. This deviation is justified by the fact that it is very common to wish to include only certain curves in a family, and that can lead to a significant gain in code size.
#### Configuration symbols for Diffie-Hellman groups
There are no configuration symbols for Diffie-Hellman groups (`PSA_DH_GROUP_xxx`).
Rationale: Finite-field Diffie-Hellman code is usually not specialized for any particular group, so reducing the number of available groups at compile time only saves a little code space. Constrained implementations tend to omit FFDH anyway, so the small code size gain is not important.
#### Configuration symbols for algorithms
For each constant or constructor macro of the form `PSA_ALG_xxx`, the symbol **`PSA_WANT_ALG_xxx`** indicates that support for this algorithm is desired.
For parametrized algorithms, the `PSA_WANT_ALG_xxx` symbol indicates whether the base mechanism is supported. Parameters must themselves be included through their own `PSA_WANT_ALG_xxx` symbols. It is an error to include a base mechanism without at least one possible parameter, and Mbed TLS will reject this at compile time. For example, `PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA` requires the inclusion of randomized ECDSA for all hash algorithms whose corresponding symbol `PSA_WANT_ALG_xxx` is enabled.
## Implementation
### Additional non-public symbols
#### Accounting for transparent drivers
In addition to the [configuration symbols](#psa-crypto-configuration-symbols), we need two parallel or mostly parallel sets of symbols:
* **`MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_xxx`** indicates whether a fully-featured, fallback-free transparent driver is available.
* **`MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_xxx`** indicates whether the software implementation is needed.
`MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_xxx` is one of the outputs of the transpilation of a driver description, alongside the glue code for calling the drivers.
`MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_xxx` is enabled when `PSA_WANT_xxx` is enabled and `MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_xxx` is disabled.
These symbols are not part of the public interface of Mbed TLS towards applications or to drivers, regardless of whether the symbols are actually visible.
### Architecture of symbol definitions
#### New-style definition of configuration symbols
When `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` is set, the header file `mbedtls/config.h` needs to define all the `MBEDTLS_xxx_C` configuration symbols, including the ones deduced from the PSA Crypto configuration. It does this by including the new header file **`mbedtls/config_psa.h`**, which defines the `MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_xxx` symbols and deduces the corresponding `MBEDTLS_xxx_C` (and other) symbols.
`mbedtls/config_psa.h` includes `psa/crypto_config.h`, the user-editable file that defines application requirements.
#### Old-style definition of configuration symbols
When `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` is not set, the configuration of Mbed TLS works as before, and the inclusion of non-PSA code only depends on `MBEDTLS_xxx` symbols defined (or not) in `mbedtls/config.h`. Furthermore, the new header file **`mbedtls/config_psa.h`** deduces PSA configuration symbols (`PSA_WANT_xxx`, `MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_xxx`) from classic configuration symbols (`MBEDTLS_xxx`).
The `PSA_WANT_xxx` definitions in `mbedtls/config_psa.h` are needed not only to build the PSA parts of the library, but also to build code that uses these parts. This includes structure definitions in `psa/crypto_struct.h`, size calculations in `psa/crypto_sizes.h`, and application code that's specific to a given cryptographic mechanism. In Mbed TLS itself, code under `MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO` and conditional compilation guards in tests and sample programs need `PSA_WANT_xxx`.
Since some existing applications use a handwritten `mbedtls/config.h` or an edited copy of `mbedtls/config.h` from an earlier version of Mbed TLS, `mbedtls/config_psa.h` must be included via an already existing header that is not `mbedtls/config.h`, so it is included via `psa/crypto.h` (for example from `psa/crypto_platform.h`).
#### Summary of definitions of configuration symbols
Whether `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` is set or not, `mbedtls/config_psa.h` includes `mbedtls/crypto_drivers.h`, a header file generated by the transpilation of the driver descriptions. It defines `MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_xxx` symbols according to the availability of transparent drivers without fallback.
The following table summarizes where symbols are defined depending on the configuration mode.
* (U) indicates a symbol that is defined by the user (application).
* (D) indicates a symbol that is deduced from other symbols by code that ships with Mbed TLS.
* (G) indicates a symbol that is generated from driver descriptions.
| Symbols | With `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` | Without `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_CONFIG` |
| ------------------------- | -------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- |
| `MBEDTLS_xxx_C` | `mbedtls/config.h` (U) or | `mbedtls/config.h` (U) |
| | `mbedtls/config_psa.h` (D) | |
| `PSA_WANT_xxx` | `psa/crypto_config.h` (U) | `mbedtls/config_psa.h` (D) |
| `MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_xxx` | `mbedtls/config_psa.h` (D) | `mbedtls/config_psa.h` (D) |
| `MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_xxx` | `mbedtls/crypto_drivers.h` (G) | N/A |
#### Visibility of internal symbols
Ideally, the `MBEDTLS_PSA_ACCEL_xxx` and `MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_xxx` symbols should not be visible to application code or driver code, since they are not part of the public interface of the library. However these symbols are needed to deduce whether to include library modules (for example `MBEDTLS_AES_C` has to be enabled if `MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_KEY_TYPE_AES` is enabled), which makes it difficult to keep them private.
#### Compile-time checks
The header file **`library/psa_check_config.h`** applies sanity checks to the configuration, throwing `#error` if something is wrong.
A mechanism similar to `mbedtls/check_config.h` detects errors such as enabling ECDSA but no curve.
Since configuration symbols must be undefined or 1, any other value should trigger an `#error`.
#### Automatic generation of preprocessor symbol manipulations
A lot of the preprocessor symbol manipulation is systematic calculations that analyze the configuration. `mbedtls/config_psa.h` and `library/psa_check_config.h` should be generated automatically, in the same manner as `version_features.c`.
### Structure of PSA Crypto library code
#### Conditional inclusion of library entry points
An entry point can be eliminated entirely if no algorithm requires it.
#### Conditional inclusion of mechanism-specific code
Code that is specific to certain key types or to certain algorithms must be guarded by the applicable symbols: `PSA_WANT_xxx` for code that is independent of the application, and `MBEDTLS_PSA_BUILTIN_xxx` for code that calls an Mbed TLS software implementation.
## PSA standardization
### JSON configuration mechanism
At the time of writing, the preferred configuration mechanism for a PSA service is in JSON syntax. The translation from JSON to build instructions is not specified by PSA.
For PSA Crypto, the preferred configuration mechanism would be similar to capability specifications of transparent drivers. The same JSON properties that are used to mean “this driver can perform that mechanism” in a driver description would be used to mean “the application wants to perform that mechanism” in the application configuration.
### From JSON to C
The JSON capability language allows a more fine-grained selection than the C mechanism proposed here. For example, it allows requesting only single-part mechanisms, only certain key sizes, or only certain combinations of algorithms and key types.
The JSON capability language can be translated approximately to the boolean symbol mechanism proposed here. The approximation considers a feature to be enabled if any part of it is enabled. For example, if there is a capability for AES-CTR and one for CAMELLIA-GCM, the translation to boolean symbols will also include AES-GCM and CAMELLIA-CTR. If there is a capability for AES-128, the translation will also include AES-192 and AES-256.
The boolean symbol mechanism proposed here can be translated to a list of JSON capabilities: for each included algorithm, include a capability with that algorithm, the key types that apply to that algorithm, no size restriction, and all the entry points that apply to that algorithm.
## Open questions
### Open questions about the interface
#### Naming of symbols
The names of [elliptic curve symbols](#configuration-symbols-for-elliptic-curves) are a bit weird: `SECP_R1_256` instead of `SECP256R1`, `MONTGOMERY_255` instead of `CURVE25519`. Should we make them more classical, but less systematic?
#### Impossible combinations
What does it mean to have `PSA_WANT_ALG_ECDSA` enabled but with only Curve25519? Is it a mandatory error?
#### Diffie-Hellman
Way to request only specific groups? Not a priority: constrained devices don't do FFDH. Specify it as may change in future versions.
#### Coexistence with the current Mbed TLS configuration
The two mechanisms have very different designs. Is there serious potential for confusion? Do we understand how the combinations work?
### Open questions about the design
#### Algorithms without a key type or vice versa
Is it realistic to mandate a compile-time error if a key type is required, but no matching algorithm, or vice versa? Is it always the right thing, for example if there is an opaque driver that manipulates this key type?
#### Opaque-only mechanisms
If a mechanism should only be supported in an opaque driver, what does the core need to know about it? Do we have all the information we need?
This is especially relevant to suppress a mechanism completely if there is no matching algorithm. For example, if there is no transparent implementation of RSA or ECDSA, `psa_sign_hash` and `psa_verify_hash` may still be needed if there is an opaque signature driver.
### Open questions about the implementation
#### Testability
Is this proposal decently testable? There are a lot of combinations. What combinations should we test?
<!--
Local Variables:
time-stamp-line-limit: 40
time-stamp-start: "Time-stamp: *\""
time-stamp-end: "\""
time-stamp-format: "%04Y/%02m/%02d %02H:%02M:%02S %Z"
time-stamp-time-zone: "GMT"
End:
-->

View File

@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
PSA Cryptoprocessor driver developer's guide
============================================
**This is a specification of work in progress. The implementation is not yet merged into Mbed TLS.**
This document describes how to write drivers of cryptoprocessors such as accelerators and secure elements for the PSA cryptography subsystem of Mbed TLS.
This document focuses on behavior that is specific to Mbed TLS. For a reference of the interface between Mbed TLS and drivers, refer to the [PSA Cryptoprocessor Driver Interface specification](psa-driver-interface.html).
The interface is not fully implemented in Mbed TLS yet and is disabled by default. You can enable the experimental work in progress by setting `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVERS` in the compile-time configuration. Please note that the interface may still change: until further notice, we do not guarantee backward compatibility with existing driver code when `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVERS` is enabled.
## Introduction
### Purpose
The PSA cryptography driver interface provides a way to build Mbed TLS with additional code that implements certain cryptographic primitives. This is primarily intended to support platform-specific hardware.
There are two types of drivers:
* **Transparent** drivers implement cryptographic operations on keys that are provided in cleartext at the beginning of each operation. They are typically used for hardware **accelerators**. When a transparent driver is available for a particular combination of parameters (cryptographic algorithm, key type and size, etc.), it is used instead of the default software implementation. Transparent drivers can also be pure software implementations that are distributed as plug-ins to a PSA Crypto implementation.
* **Opaque** drivers implement cryptographic operations on keys that can only be used inside a protected environment such as a **secure element**, a hardware security module, a smartcard, a secure enclave, etc. An opaque driver is invoked for the specific key location that the driver is registered for: the dispatch is based on the key's lifetime.
### Deliverables for a driver
To write a driver, you need to implement some functions with C linkage, and to declare these functions in a **driver description file**. The driver description file declares which functions the driver implements and what cryptographic mechanisms they support. Depending on the driver type, you may also need to define some C types and macros in a header file.
The concrete syntax for a driver description file is JSON. The structure of this JSON file is specified in the section [“Driver description syntax”](psa-driver-interface.html#driver-description-syntax) of the PSA cryptography driver interface specification.
A driver therefore consists of:
* A driver description file (in JSON format).
* C header files defining the types required by the driver description. The names of these header files is declared in the driver description file.
* An object file compiled for the target platform defining the functions required by the driver description. Implementations may allow drivers to be provided as source files and compiled with the core instead of being pre-compiled.
## Driver C interfaces
Mbed TLS calls driver entry points [as specified in the PSA Cryptography Driver Interface specification](psa-driver-interface.html#driver-entry-points) except as otherwise indicated in this section.
## Building and testing your driver
<!-- TODO -->
## Dependencies on the Mbed TLS configuration
<!-- TODO -->

View File

@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
Building Mbed TLS with PSA cryptoprocessor drivers
==================================================
**This is a specification of work in progress. The implementation is not yet merged into Mbed TLS.**
This document describes how to build Mbed TLS with additional cryptoprocessor drivers that follow the PSA cryptoprocessor driver interface.
The interface is not fully implemented in Mbed TLS yet and is disabled by default. You can enable the experimental work in progress by setting `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVERS` in the compile-time configuration. Please note that the interface may still change: until further notice, we do not guarantee backward compatibility with existing driver code when `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVERS` is enabled.
## Introduction
The PSA cryptography driver interface provides a way to build Mbed TLS with additional code that implements certain cryptographic primitives. This is primarily intended to support platform-specific hardware.
Note that such drivers are only available through the PSA cryptography API (crypto functions beginning with `psa_`, and X.509 and TLS interfaces that reference PSA types).
Concretely speaking, a driver consists of one or more **driver description files** in JSON format and some code to include in the build. The driver code can either be provided in binary form as additional object file to link, or in source form.
## How to build Mbed TLS with drivers
To build Mbed TLS with drivers:
1. Activate `MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVERS` in the library configuration.
```
cd /path/to/mbedtls
scripts/config.py set MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_DRIVERS
```
2. Pass the driver description files through the Make variable `PSA_DRIVERS` when building the library.
```
cd /path/to/mbedtls
make PSA_DRIVERS="/path/to/acme/driver.json /path/to/nadir/driver.json" lib
```
3. Link your application with the implementation of the driver functions.
```
cd /path/to/application
ld myapp.o -L/path/to/acme -lacmedriver -L/path/to/nadir -lnadirdriver -L/path/to/mbedtls -lmbedcrypto
```
<!-- TODO: what if the driver is provided as C source code? -->
<!-- TODO: what about additional include files? -->

View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
sphinx-rtd-theme
breathe

View File

@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
#
# This file is autogenerated by pip-compile with Python 3.9
# by the following command:
#
# pip-compile requirements.in
#
alabaster==0.7.13
# via sphinx
babel==2.12.1
# via sphinx
breathe==4.35.0
# via -r requirements.in
certifi==2022.12.7
# via requests
charset-normalizer==3.1.0
# via requests
docutils==0.17.1
# via
# breathe
# sphinx
# sphinx-rtd-theme
idna==3.4
# via requests
imagesize==1.4.1
# via sphinx
importlib-metadata==6.0.0
# via sphinx
jinja2==3.1.2
# via sphinx
markupsafe==2.1.2
# via jinja2
packaging==23.0
# via sphinx
pygments==2.14.0
# via sphinx
requests==2.28.2
# via sphinx
snowballstemmer==2.2.0
# via sphinx
sphinx==4.5.0
# via
# breathe
# sphinx-rtd-theme
sphinx-rtd-theme==1.2.0
# via -r requirements.in
sphinxcontrib-applehelp==1.0.4
# via sphinx
sphinxcontrib-devhelp==1.0.2
# via sphinx
sphinxcontrib-htmlhelp==2.0.1
# via sphinx
sphinxcontrib-jquery==2.0.0
# via sphinx-rtd-theme
sphinxcontrib-jsmath==1.0.1
# via sphinx
sphinxcontrib-qthelp==1.0.3
# via sphinx
sphinxcontrib-serializinghtml==1.1.5
# via sphinx
urllib3==1.26.15
# via requests
zipp==3.15.0
# via importlib-metadata
# The following packages are considered to be unsafe in a requirements file:
# setuptools

View File

@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
This document describes the compile-time configuration option
`MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO` from a user's perspective, more specifically its
current effects as well as the parts that aren't covered yet.
Current effects
===============
General limitations
-------------------
Compile-time: enabling `MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO` requires
`MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE` and
`MBEDTLS_PSA_CRYPTO_KEY_ID_ENCODES_OWNER` to be disabled.
Effect: `MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO` currently has no effect on TLS 1.3 (which is
itself experimental and only partially supported so far): TLS 1.3 always uses
the legacy APIs even when this option is set.
Stability: any API that's only available when `MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO` is
defined is considered experimental and may change in incompatible ways at any
time. Said otherwise, these APIs are explicitly excluded from the usual API
stability promises.
New APIs / API extensions
-------------------------
Some of these APIs are meant for the application to use in place of
pre-existing APIs, in order to get access to the benefits; in the sub-sections
below these are indicated by "Use in (X.509 and) TLS: opt-in", meaning that
this requires changes to the application code for the (X.509 and) TLS layers
to pick up the improvements.
Some of these APIs are mostly meant for internal use by the TLS (and X.509)
layers; they are indicated below by "Use in (X.509 and) TLS: automatic",
meaning that no changes to the application code are required for the TLS (and
X.509) layers to pick up the improvements.
### PSA-held (opaque) keys in the PK layer
There is a new API function `mbedtls_pk_setup_opaque()` that can be used to
wrap a PSA keypair into a PK context. The key can be used for private-key
operations and its public part can be exported.
Benefits: isolation of long-term secrets, use of PSA Crypto drivers.
Limitations: only for private keys, only ECC. (That is, only ECDSA signature
generation. Note: currently this will use randomized ECDSA while Mbed TLS uses
deterministic ECDSA by default.) The following operations are not supported
with a context set this way, while they would be available with a normal
`ECKEY` context: `mbedtls_pk_verify()`, `mbedtls_pk_check_pair()`,
`mbedtls_pk_debug()`.
Use in X.509 and TLS: opt-in. The application needs to construct the PK context
using the new API in order to get the benefits; it can then pass the
resulting context to the following existing APIs:
- `mbedtls_ssl_conf_own_cert()` or `mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_own_cert()` to use the
key together with a certificate for ECDSA-based key exchanges (note: while
this is supported on both sides, it's currently only tested client-side);
- `mbedtls_x509write_csr_set_key()` to generate a CSR (certificate signature
request).
In the TLS and X.509 API, there are two other functions which accept a key or
keypair as a PK context: `mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_subject_key()` and
`mbedtls_x509write_crt_set_issuer_key()`. Use of opaque contexts here probably
works but is so far untested.
### PSA-held (opaque) keys for TLS pre-shared keys (PSK)
There are two new API functions `mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque()` and
`mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk_opaque()`. Call one of these from an application to
register a PSA key for use with a PSK key exchange.
Benefits: isolation of long-term secrets.
Limitations: the key can only be used with "pure"
PSK key exchanges (ciphersuites starting with `TLS_PSK_WITH_`), to the
exclusion of RSA-PSK, DHE-PSK and ECDHE-PSK key exchanges. It is the responsibility of
the user to make sure that when provisioning an opaque pre-shared key, the
only PSK ciphersuites that can be negotiated are "pure" PSK; other XXX-PSK key
exchanges will result in a handshake failure with the handshake function
returning `MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE`.
Use in TLS: opt-in. The application needs to register the key using the new
APIs to get the benefits.
### PSA-based operations in the Cipher layer
There is a new API function `mbedtls_cipher_setup_psa()` to set up a context
that will call PSA to store the key and perform the operations.
Benefits: use of PSA Crypto drivers; partial isolation of short-term secrets
(still generated outside of PSA, but then held by PSA).
Limitations: the key is still passed in the clear by the application. The
multi-part APIs are not supported, only the one-shot APIs. The only modes
supported are ECB, CBC without padding, GCM and CCM (this excludes stream
ciphers and ChachaPoly); the only cipher supported is AES (this excludes Aria,
Camellia, and ChachaPoly). (Note: ECB is currently not tested.) (Note: it is
possible to perform multiple one-shot operations with the same context;
however this is not unit-tested, only tested via usage in TLS.)
Use in TLS: automatic. Used when the cipher and mode is supported (with
gracious fallback to the legacy API otherwise) in all places where a cipher is
used. There are two such places: in `ssl_tls.c` for record protection, and in
`ssl_ticket.c` for protecting tickets we issue.
Internal changes
----------------
All of these internal changes are active as soon as `MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO`
is enabled, no change required on the application side.
### TLS: cipher operations based on PSA
See "PSA-based operations in the Cipher layer" above.
### PK layer: ECDSA verification based on PSA
Scope: `mbedtls_pk_verify()` will call to PSA for ECDSA signature
verification.
Benefits: use of PSA Crypto drivers.
Use in TLS and X.509: in all places where an ECDSA signature is verified.
### TLS: ECDHE computation based on PSA
Scope: Client-side, for ECDHE-RSA and ECDHE-ECDSA key exchanges, the
computation of the ECDHE key exchange is done by PSA.
Limitations: client-side only, ECDHE-PSK not covered
Benefits: use of PSA Crypto drivers.
### TLS: handshake hashes and PRF computed with PSA
Scope: with TLS 1.2, the following are computed with PSA:
- the running handshake hashes;
- the hash of the ServerKeyExchange part that is signed;
- the `verify_data` part of the Finished message;
- the TLS PRF.
Benefits: use of PSA Crypto drivers.
### X.509: some hashes computed with PSA
Scope: the following hashes are computed with PSA:
- when verifying a certificate chain, hash of the child for verifying the
parent's signature;
- when writing a CSR, hash of the request for self-signing the request.
Benefits: use of PSA Crypto drivers.
Parts that are not covered yet
==============================
This is only a high-level overview, grouped by theme
TLS: 1.3 experimental support
-----------------------------
No part of the experimental support for TLS 1.3 is covered at the moment.
TLS: key exchanges / asymmetric crypto
--------------------------------------
The following key exchanges are not covered at all:
- RSA
- DHE-RSA
- DHE-PSK
- RSA-PSK
- ECDHE-PSK
- ECDH-RSA
- ECDH-ECDSA
- ECJPAKE
The following key exchanges are only partially covered:
- ECDHE-RSA: RSA operations are not covered and, server-side, the ECDHE
operation isn't either
- ECDHE-ECDSA: server-side, the ECDHE operation isn't covered. (ECDSA
signature generation is only covered if using `mbedtls_pk_setup_opaque()`.)
PSK if covered when the application uses `mbedtls_ssl_conf_psk_opaque()` or
`mbedtls_ssl_set_hs_psk_opaque()`.
TLS: symmetric crypto
---------------------
- some ciphers not supported via PSA yet: ARIA, Camellia, ChachaPoly (silent
fallback to the legacy APIs)
- the HMAC part of the CBC and NULL ciphersuites
- the HMAC computation in `ssl_cookie.c`
X.509
-----
- most hash operations are still done via the legacy API, except the few that
are documented above as using PSA
- RSA PKCS#1 v1.5 signature generation (from PSA-held keys)
- RSA PKCS#1 v1.5 signature verification
- RSA-PSS signature verification

View File

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file doc_encdec.h
*
* \brief Encryption/decryption module documentation file.
*/
/*
*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
/**
* @addtogroup encdec_module Encryption/decryption module
*
* The Encryption/decryption module provides encryption/decryption functions.
* One can differentiate between symmetric and asymmetric algorithms; the
* symmetric ones are mostly used for message confidentiality and the asymmetric
* ones for key exchange and message integrity.
* Some symmetric algorithms provide different block cipher modes, mainly
* Electronic Code Book (ECB) which is used for short (64-bit) messages and
* Cipher Block Chaining (CBC) which provides the structure needed for longer
* messages. In addition the Cipher Feedback Mode (CFB-128) stream cipher mode,
* Counter mode (CTR) and Galois Counter Mode (GCM) are implemented for
* specific algorithms.
*
* All symmetric encryption algorithms are accessible via the generic cipher layer
* (see \c mbedtls_cipher_setup()).
*
* The asymmetric encryption algorithms are accessible via the generic public
* key layer (see \c mbedtls_pk_init()).
*
* The following algorithms are provided:
* - Symmetric:
* - AES (see \c mbedtls_aes_crypt_ecb(), \c mbedtls_aes_crypt_cbc(), \c mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb128() and
* \c mbedtls_aes_crypt_ctr()).
* - ARCFOUR (see \c mbedtls_arc4_crypt()).
* - Blowfish / BF (see \c mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ecb(), \c mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cbc(),
* \c mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cfb64() and \c mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ctr())
* - Camellia (see \c mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ecb(), \c mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cbc(),
* \c mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cfb128() and \c mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ctr()).
* - DES/3DES (see \c mbedtls_des_crypt_ecb(), \c mbedtls_des_crypt_cbc(), \c mbedtls_des3_crypt_ecb()
* and \c mbedtls_des3_crypt_cbc()).
* - GCM (AES-GCM and CAMELLIA-GCM) (see \c mbedtls_gcm_init())
* - XTEA (see \c mbedtls_xtea_crypt_ecb()).
* - Asymmetric:
* - Diffie-Hellman-Merkle (see \c mbedtls_dhm_read_public(), \c mbedtls_dhm_make_public()
* and \c mbedtls_dhm_calc_secret()).
* - RSA (see \c mbedtls_rsa_public() and \c mbedtls_rsa_private()).
* - Elliptic Curves over GF(p) (see \c mbedtls_ecp_point_init()).
* - Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) (see \c mbedtls_ecdsa_init()).
* - Elliptic Curve Diffie Hellman (ECDH) (see \c mbedtls_ecdh_init()).
*
* This module provides encryption/decryption which can be used to provide
* secrecy.
*
* It also provides asymmetric key functions which can be used for
* confidentiality, integrity, authentication and non-repudiation.
*/

View File

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file doc_hashing.h
*
* \brief Hashing module documentation file.
*/
/*
*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
/**
* @addtogroup hashing_module Hashing module
*
* The Message Digest (MD) or Hashing module provides one-way hashing
* functions. Such functions can be used for creating a hash message
* authentication code (HMAC) when sending a message. Such a HMAC can be used
* in combination with a private key for authentication, which is a message
* integrity control.
*
* All hash algorithms can be accessed via the generic MD layer (see
* \c mbedtls_md_setup())
*
* The following hashing-algorithms are provided:
* - MD2, MD4, MD5 128-bit one-way hash functions by Ron Rivest.
* - SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384/512 160-bit or more one-way hash functions by
* NIST and NSA.
*
* This module provides one-way hashing which can be used for authentication.
*/

View File

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file doc_mainpage.h
*
* \brief Main page documentation file.
*/
/*
*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
/**
* @mainpage Mbed TLS v2.28.8 API Documentation
*
* This documentation describes the internal structure of Mbed TLS. It was
* automatically generated from specially formatted comment blocks in
* Mbed TLS's source code using Doxygen. (See
* https://www.doxygen.nl for more information on Doxygen)
*/

View File

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file doc_rng.h
*
* \brief Random number generator (RNG) module documentation file.
*/
/*
*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
/**
* @addtogroup rng_module Random number generator (RNG) module
*
* The Random number generator (RNG) module provides random number
* generation, see \c mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random().
*
* The block-cipher counter-mode based deterministic random
* bit generator (CTR_DBRG) as specified in NIST SP800-90. It needs an external
* source of entropy. For these purposes \c mbedtls_entropy_func() can be used.
* This is an implementation based on a simple entropy accumulator design.
*
* The other number generator that is included is less strong and uses the
* HAVEGE (HArdware Volatile Entropy Gathering and Expansion) software heuristic
* which considered unsafe for primary usage, but provides additional random
* to the entropy pool if enables.
*
* Meaning that there seems to be no practical algorithm that can guess
* the next bit with a probability larger than 1/2 in an output sequence.
*
* This module can be used to generate random numbers.
*/

View File

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file doc_ssltls.h
*
* \brief SSL/TLS communication module documentation file.
*/
/*
*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
/**
* @addtogroup ssltls_communication_module SSL/TLS communication module
*
* The SSL/TLS communication module provides the means to create an SSL/TLS
* communication channel.
*
* The basic provisions are:
* - initialise an SSL/TLS context (see \c mbedtls_ssl_init()).
* - perform an SSL/TLS handshake (see \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake()).
* - read/write (see \c mbedtls_ssl_read() and \c mbedtls_ssl_write()).
* - notify a peer that connection is being closed (see \c mbedtls_ssl_close_notify()).
*
* Many aspects of such a channel are set through parameters and callback
* functions:
* - the endpoint role: client or server.
* - the authentication mode. Should verification take place.
* - the Host-to-host communication channel. A TCP/IP module is provided.
* - the random number generator (RNG).
* - the ciphers to use for encryption/decryption.
* - session control functions.
* - X.509 parameters for certificate-handling and key exchange.
*
* This module can be used to create an SSL/TLS server and client and to provide a basic
* framework to setup and communicate through an SSL/TLS communication channel.\n
* Note that you need to provide for several aspects yourself as mentioned above.
*/

View File

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file doc_tcpip.h
*
* \brief TCP/IP communication module documentation file.
*/
/*
*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
/**
* @addtogroup tcpip_communication_module TCP/IP communication module
*
* The TCP/IP communication module provides for a channel of
* communication for the \link ssltls_communication_module SSL/TLS communication
* module\endlink to use.
* In the TCP/IP-model it provides for communication up to the Transport
* (or Host-to-host) layer.
* SSL/TLS resides on top of that, in the Application layer, and makes use of
* its basic provisions:
* - listening on a port (see \c mbedtls_net_bind()).
* - accepting a connection (through \c mbedtls_net_accept()).
* - read/write (through \c mbedtls_net_recv()/\c mbedtls_net_send()).
* - close a connection (through \c mbedtls_net_close()).
*
* This way you have the means to, for example, implement and use an UDP or
* IPSec communication solution as a basis.
*
* This module can be used at server- and clientside to provide a basic
* means of communication over the internet.
*/

View File

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file doc_x509.h
*
* \brief X.509 module documentation file.
*/
/*
*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
/**
* @addtogroup x509_module X.509 module
*
* The X.509 module provides X.509 support for reading, writing and verification
* of certificates.
* In summary:
* - X.509 certificate (CRT) reading (see \c mbedtls_x509_crt_parse(),
* \c mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der(), \c mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_file()).
* - X.509 certificate revocation list (CRL) reading (see
* \c mbedtls_x509_crl_parse(), \c mbedtls_x509_crl_parse_der(),
* and \c mbedtls_x509_crl_parse_file()).
* - X.509 certificate signature verification (see \c
* mbedtls_x509_crt_verify() and \c mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_profile().
* - X.509 certificate writing and certificate request writing (see
* \c mbedtls_x509write_crt_der() and \c mbedtls_x509write_csr_der()).
*
* This module can be used to build a certificate authority (CA) chain and
* verify its signature. It is also used to generate Certificate Signing
* Requests and X.509 certificates just as a CA would do.
*/

View File

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
PROJECT_NAME = "Mbed TLS v2.28.8"
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ../apidoc/
FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
INPUT = ../include input
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h
RECURSIVE = YES
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = YES
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = *_internal.h *_wrap.h
SOURCE_BROWSER = YES
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
REFERENCES_RELATION = YES
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = NO
HTML_OUTPUT = .
HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES
SEARCHENGINE = YES
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
GENERATE_XML = YES
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
INCLUDE_PATH = ../include
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
HAVE_DOT = YES
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 200
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 1000
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
# We mostly use \retval declarations to document which error codes a function
# can return. The reader can follow the hyperlink to the definition of the
# constant to get the generic documentation of that error code. If we don't
# have anything to say about the specific error code for the specific
# function, we can leave the description part of the \retval command blank.
# This is perfectly valid as far as Doxygen is concerned. However, with
# Clang >=15, the -Wdocumentation option emits a warning for empty
# descriptions.
# https://github.com/Mbed-TLS/mbedtls/issues/6960
# https://github.com/llvm/llvm-project/issues/60315
# As a workaround, you can write something like
# \retval #PSA_ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY \emptydescription
# This avoids writing redundant text and keeps Clang happy.
ALIASES += emptydescription=""
# Define away Mbed TLS macros that make parsing definitions difficult.
# MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED is not included in this list as it's important to
# display deprecated status in the documentation.
PREDEFINED = "MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_CRITICAL=" \
"MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_TYPICAL=" \
"MBEDTLS_CHECK_RETURN_OPTIONAL=" \
"MBEDTLS_PRINTF_ATTRIBUTE(a,b)=" \
"__DOXYGEN__" \

View File

@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
Makefile
*.sln
*.vcxproj
mbedtls/check_config

View File

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
option(INSTALL_MBEDTLS_HEADERS "Install Mbed TLS headers." ON)
if(INSTALL_MBEDTLS_HEADERS)
file(GLOB headers "mbedtls/*.h")
file(GLOB psa_headers "psa/*.h")
install(FILES ${headers}
DESTINATION include/mbedtls
PERMISSIONS OWNER_READ OWNER_WRITE GROUP_READ WORLD_READ)
install(FILES ${psa_headers}
DESTINATION include/psa
PERMISSIONS OWNER_READ OWNER_WRITE GROUP_READ WORLD_READ)
endif(INSTALL_MBEDTLS_HEADERS)
# Make config.h available in an out-of-source build. ssl-opt.sh requires it.
if (ENABLE_TESTING AND NOT ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} STREQUAL ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR})
link_to_source(mbedtls)
link_to_source(psa)
endif()

View File

@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file aesni.h
*
* \brief AES-NI for hardware AES acceleration on some Intel processors
*
* \warning These functions are only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call them directly.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_AESNI_H
#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include "mbedtls/aes.h"
#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_AES 0x02000000u
#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_CLMUL 0x00000002u
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_X86_64) && \
(defined(__amd64__) || defined(__x86_64__) || \
defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_AMD64)) && \
!defined(_M_ARM64EC)
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_X86_64
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_X86) && \
(defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
#define MBEDTLS_HAVE_X86
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_AESNI_C) && \
(defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_X86_64) || defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_X86))
/* Can we do AESNI with intrinsics?
* (Only implemented with certain compilers, only for certain targets.)
*
* NOTE: MBEDTLS_AESNI_HAVE_INTRINSICS and MBEDTLS_AESNI_HAVE_CODE are internal
* macros that may change in future releases.
*/
#undef MBEDTLS_AESNI_HAVE_INTRINSICS
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__)
/* Visual Studio supports AESNI intrinsics since VS 2008 SP1. We only support
* VS 2013 and up for other reasons anyway, so no need to check the version. */
#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_HAVE_INTRINSICS
#endif
/* GCC-like compilers: currently, we only support intrinsics if the requisite
* target flag is enabled when building the library (e.g. `gcc -mpclmul -msse2`
* or `clang -maes -mpclmul`). */
#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && defined(__AES__) && defined(__PCLMUL__)
#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_HAVE_INTRINSICS
#endif
/* Choose the implementation of AESNI, if one is available. */
#undef MBEDTLS_AESNI_HAVE_CODE
/* To minimize disruption when releasing the intrinsics-based implementation,
* favor the assembly-based implementation if it's available. We intend to
* revise this in a later release of Mbed TLS 3.x. In the long run, we will
* likely remove the assembly implementation. */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM) && \
defined(__GNUC__) && defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_X86_64)
/* Can we do AESNI with inline assembly?
* (Only implemented with gas syntax, only for 64-bit.)
*/
#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_HAVE_CODE 1 // via assembly
#elif defined(MBEDTLS_AESNI_HAVE_INTRINSICS)
#define MBEDTLS_AESNI_HAVE_CODE 2 // via intrinsics
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_AESNI_HAVE_CODE)
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Internal function to detect the AES-NI feature in CPUs.
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param what The feature to detect
* (MBEDTLS_AESNI_AES or MBEDTLS_AESNI_CLMUL)
*
* \return 1 if CPU has support for the feature, 0 otherwise
*/
int mbedtls_aesni_has_support(unsigned int what);
/**
* \brief Internal AES-NI AES-ECB block encryption and decryption
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param ctx AES context
* \param mode MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT
* \param input 16-byte input block
* \param output 16-byte output block
*
* \return 0 on success (cannot fail)
*/
int mbedtls_aesni_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
int mode,
const unsigned char input[16],
unsigned char output[16]);
/**
* \brief Internal GCM multiplication: c = a * b in GF(2^128)
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param c Result
* \param a First operand
* \param b Second operand
*
* \note Both operands and result are bit strings interpreted as
* elements of GF(2^128) as per the GCM spec.
*/
void mbedtls_aesni_gcm_mult(unsigned char c[16],
const unsigned char a[16],
const unsigned char b[16]);
/**
* \brief Internal round key inversion. This function computes
* decryption round keys from the encryption round keys.
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param invkey Round keys for the equivalent inverse cipher
* \param fwdkey Original round keys (for encryption)
* \param nr Number of rounds (that is, number of round keys minus one)
*/
void mbedtls_aesni_inverse_key(unsigned char *invkey,
const unsigned char *fwdkey,
int nr);
/**
* \brief Internal key expansion for encryption
*
* \note This function is only for internal use by other library
* functions; you must not call it directly.
*
* \param rk Destination buffer where the round keys are written
* \param key Encryption key
* \param bits Key size in bits (must be 128, 192 or 256)
*
* \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH
*/
int mbedtls_aesni_setkey_enc(unsigned char *rk,
const unsigned char *key,
size_t bits);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_AESNI_HAVE_CODE */
#endif /* MBEDTLS_AESNI_C && (MBEDTLS_HAVE_X86_64 || MBEDTLS_HAVE_X86) */
#endif /* MBEDTLS_AESNI_H */

View File

@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file arc4.h
*
* \brief The ARCFOUR stream cipher
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers instead.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ARC4_H
#define MBEDTLS_ARC4_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_ARC4_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */
/** ARC4 hardware accelerator failed. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARC4_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0019
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARC4_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/**
* \brief ARC4 context structure
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers instead.
*
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_arc4_context {
int x; /*!< permutation index */
int y; /*!< permutation index */
unsigned char m[256]; /*!< permutation table */
}
mbedtls_arc4_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_ARC4_ALT */
#include "arc4_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ARC4_ALT */
/**
* \brief Initialize ARC4 context
*
* \param ctx ARC4 context to be initialized
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
void mbedtls_arc4_init(mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx);
/**
* \brief Clear ARC4 context
*
* \param ctx ARC4 context to be cleared
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
void mbedtls_arc4_free(mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx);
/**
* \brief ARC4 key schedule
*
* \param ctx ARC4 context to be setup
* \param key the secret key
* \param keylen length of the key, in bytes
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
void mbedtls_arc4_setup(mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keylen);
/**
* \brief ARC4 cipher function
*
* \param ctx ARC4 context
* \param length length of the input data
* \param input buffer holding the input data
* \param output buffer for the output data
*
* \return 0 if successful
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
int mbedtls_arc4_crypt(mbedtls_arc4_context *ctx, size_t length, const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output);
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine
*
* \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
*
* \warning ARC4 is considered a weak cipher and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers
* instead.
*
*/
int mbedtls_arc4_self_test(int verbose);
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* arc4.h */

View File

@@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file blowfish.h
*
* \brief Blowfish block cipher
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_H
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h"
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT 1
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT 0
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_MAX_KEY_BITS 448
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_MIN_KEY_BITS 32
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ROUNDS 16 /**< Rounds to use. When increasing this value, make sure to extend the initialisation vectors */
#define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE 8 /* Blowfish uses 64 bit blocks */
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT(-0x0016)
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
/** Bad input data. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0016
/** Invalid data input length. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0018
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used.
*/
/** Blowfish hardware accelerator failed. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0017
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/**
* \brief Blowfish context structure
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_blowfish_context {
uint32_t P[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ROUNDS + 2]; /*!< Blowfish round keys */
uint32_t S[4][256]; /*!< key dependent S-boxes */
}
mbedtls_blowfish_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ALT */
#include "blowfish_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ALT */
/**
* \brief Initialize a Blowfish context.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to be initialized.
* This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_blowfish_init(mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx);
/**
* \brief Clear a Blowfish context.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to be cleared.
* This may be \c NULL, in which case this function
* returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL, it must
* point to an initialized Blowfish context.
*/
void mbedtls_blowfish_free(mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx);
/**
* \brief Perform a Blowfish key schedule operation.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to perform the key schedule on.
* \param key The encryption key. This must be a readable buffer of
* length \p keybits Bits.
* \param keybits The length of \p key in Bits. This must be between
* \c 32 and \c 448 and a multiple of \c 8.
*
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_setkey(mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits);
/**
* \brief Perform a Blowfish-ECB block encryption/decryption operation.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. Possible values are
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT for decryption.
* \param input The input block. This must be a readable buffer
* of size \c 8 Bytes.
* \param output The output block. This must be a writable buffer
* of size \c 8 Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ecb(mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
int mode,
const unsigned char input[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE],
unsigned char output[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE]);
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
/**
* \brief Perform a Blowfish-CBC buffer encryption/decryption operation.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the function same function again on the following
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
* IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. Possible values are
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT for decryption.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be
* multiple of \c 8.
* \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer
* of length \c 8 Bytes. It is updated by this function.
* \param input The input data. This must be a readable buffer of length
* \p length Bytes.
* \param output The output data. This must be a writable buffer of length
* \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cbc(mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
int mode,
size_t length,
unsigned char iv[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output);
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
/**
* \brief Perform a Blowfish CFB buffer encryption/decryption operation.
*
* \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
* call the function same function again on the following
* block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
* encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
* If on the other hand you need to retain the contents of the
* IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
* module instead.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param mode The mode of operation. Possible values are
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT for encryption, or
* #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT for decryption.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param iv_off The offset in the initialization vector.
* The value pointed to must be smaller than \c 8 Bytes.
* It is updated by this function to support the aforementioned
* streaming usage.
* \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer
* of size \c 8 Bytes. It is updated after use.
* \param input The input data. This must be a readable buffer of length
* \p length Bytes.
* \param output The output data. This must be a writable buffer of length
* \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cfb64(mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
int mode,
size_t length,
size_t *iv_off,
unsigned char iv[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output);
#endif /*MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
/**
* \brief Perform a Blowfish-CTR buffer encryption/decryption operation.
*
* \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
* would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
* the same nonce and key.
*
* There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
*
* 1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
* successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
* set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
* then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
* stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
* updated by this function.
*
* With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**64
* blocks of data with the same key.
*
* 2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
* nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
* per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
* updated by this function internally.
*
* For example, you might reserve the first 4 bytes for the
* per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that
* case, before calling this function on a new message you need to
* set the first 4 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce
* value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p
* stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most
* 2**32 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key.
*
* The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
* it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique.
* The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message
* counter.
*
* Note that for both strategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
* that a Blowfish block is 8 bytes.
*
* \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
* content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
* securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
*
* \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized
* and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param nc_off The offset in the current stream_block (for resuming
* within current cipher stream). The offset pointer
* should be \c 0 at the start of a stream and must be
* smaller than \c 8. It is updated by this function.
* \param nonce_counter The 64-bit nonce and counter. This must point to a
* read/write buffer of length \c 8 Bytes.
* \param stream_block The saved stream-block for resuming. This must point to
* a read/write buffer of length \c 8 Bytes.
* \param input The input data. This must be a readable buffer of
* length \p length Bytes.
* \param output The output data. This must be a writable buffer of
* length \p length Bytes.
*
* \return \c 0 if successful.
* \return A negative error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ctr(mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx,
size_t length,
size_t *nc_off,
unsigned char nonce_counter[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE],
unsigned char stream_block[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE],
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output);
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* blowfish.h */

View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file ccm.h
*
* \brief This file provides an API for the CCM authenticated encryption
* mode for block ciphers.
*
* CCM combines Counter mode encryption with CBC-MAC authentication
* for 128-bit block ciphers.
*
* Input to CCM includes the following elements:
* <ul><li>Payload - data that is both authenticated and encrypted.</li>
* <li>Associated data (Adata) - data that is authenticated but not
* encrypted, For example, a header.</li>
* <li>Nonce - A unique value that is assigned to the payload and the
* associated data.</li></ul>
*
* Definition of CCM:
* http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-38C/SP800-38C_updated-July20_2007.pdf
* RFC 3610 "Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)"
*
* Related:
* RFC 5116 "An Interface and Algorithms for Authenticated Encryption"
*
* Definition of CCM*:
* IEEE 802.15.4 - IEEE Standard for Local and metropolitan area networks
* Integer representation is fixed most-significant-octet-first order and
* the representation of octets is most-significant-bit-first order. This is
* consistent with RFC 3610.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CCM_H
#define MBEDTLS_CCM_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
/** Bad input parameters to the function. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT -0x000D
/** Authenticated decryption failed. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED -0x000F
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */
/** CCM hardware accelerator failed. */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0011
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/**
* \brief The CCM context-type definition. The CCM context is passed
* to the APIs called.
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_ccm_context {
mbedtls_cipher_context_t cipher_ctx; /*!< The cipher context used. */
}
mbedtls_ccm_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT */
#include "ccm_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CCM_ALT */
/**
* \brief This function initializes the specified CCM context,
* to make references valid, and prepare the context
* for mbedtls_ccm_setkey() or mbedtls_ccm_free().
*
* \param ctx The CCM context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
*/
void mbedtls_ccm_init(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx);
/**
* \brief This function initializes the CCM context set in the
* \p ctx parameter and sets the encryption key.
*
* \param ctx The CCM context to initialize. This must be an initialized
* context.
* \param cipher The 128-bit block cipher to use.
* \param key The encryption key. This must not be \c NULL.
* \param keybits The key size in bits. This must be acceptable by the cipher.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ccm_setkey(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx,
mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher,
const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int keybits);
/**
* \brief This function releases and clears the specified CCM context
* and underlying cipher sub-context.
*
* \param ctx The CCM context to clear. If this is \c NULL, the function
* has no effect. Otherwise, this must be initialized.
*/
void mbedtls_ccm_free(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx);
/**
* \brief This function encrypts a buffer using CCM.
*
* \note The tag is written to a separate buffer. To concatenate
* the \p tag with the \p output, as done in <em>RFC-3610:
* Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)</em>, use
* \p tag = \p output + \p length, and make sure that the
* output buffer is at least \p length + \p tag_len wide.
*
* \param ctx The CCM context to use for encryption. This must be
* initialized and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
* buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
* \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
* or 13. The length L of the message length field is
* 15 - \p iv_len.
* \param add The additional data field. If \p add_len is greater than
* zero, \p add must be a readable buffer of at least that
* length.
* \param add_len The length of additional data in Bytes.
* This must be less than `2^16 - 2^8`.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
* writable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
* \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes:
* 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ccm_encrypt_and_tag(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
const unsigned char *add, size_t add_len,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
/**
* \brief This function encrypts a buffer using CCM*.
*
* \note The tag is written to a separate buffer. To concatenate
* the \p tag with the \p output, as done in <em>RFC-3610:
* Counter with CBC-MAC (CCM)</em>, use
* \p tag = \p output + \p length, and make sure that the
* output buffer is at least \p length + \p tag_len wide.
*
* \note When using this function in a variable tag length context,
* the tag length has to be encoded into the \p iv passed to
* this function.
*
* \param ctx The CCM context to use for encryption. This must be
* initialized and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
* buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
* \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
* or 13. The length L of the message length field is
* 15 - \p iv_len.
* \param add The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer of
* at least \p add_len Bytes.
* \param add_len The length of additional data in Bytes.
* This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
* writable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
* \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes:
* 0, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
*
* \warning Passing \c 0 as \p tag_len means that the message is no
* longer authenticated.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return A CCM or cipher-specific error code on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ccm_star_encrypt_and_tag(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
const unsigned char *add, size_t add_len,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
/**
* \brief This function performs a CCM authenticated decryption of a
* buffer.
*
* \param ctx The CCM context to use for decryption. This must be
* initialized and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
* buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
* \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
* or 13. The length L of the message length field is
* 15 - \p iv_len.
* \param add The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer
* of at least that \p add_len Bytes..
* \param add_len The length of additional data in Bytes.
* This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
* readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
* \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes:
* 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
*
* \return \c 0 on success. This indicates that the message is authentic.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED if the tag does not match.
* \return A cipher-specific error code on calculation failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ccm_auth_decrypt(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
const unsigned char *add, size_t add_len,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
const unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
/**
* \brief This function performs a CCM* authenticated decryption of a
* buffer.
*
* \note When using this function in a variable tag length context,
* the tag length has to be decoded from \p iv and passed to
* this function as \p tag_len. (\p tag needs to be adjusted
* accordingly.)
*
* \param ctx The CCM context to use for decryption. This must be
* initialized and bound to a key.
* \param length The length of the input data in Bytes.
* \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable
* buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
* \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
* or 13. The length L of the message length field is
* 15 - \p iv_len.
* \param add The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer of
* at least that \p add_len Bytes.
* \param add_len The length of additional data in Bytes.
* This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8.
* \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater
* than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least
* that length.
* \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a
* readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
* \param tag_len The length of the authentication field in Bytes.
* 0, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16.
*
* \warning Passing \c 0 as \p tag_len means that the message is nos
* longer authenticated.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED if the tag does not match.
* \return A cipher-specific error code on calculation failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ccm_star_auth_decrypt(mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length,
const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
const unsigned char *add, size_t add_len,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output,
const unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len);
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
/**
* \brief The CCM checkup routine.
*
* \return \c 0 on success.
* \return \c 1 on failure.
*/
int mbedtls_ccm_self_test(int verbose);
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && MBEDTLS_AES_C */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CCM_H */

View File

@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file certs.h
*
* \brief Sample certificates and DHM parameters for testing
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CERTS_H
#define MBEDTLS_CERTS_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* List of all PEM-encoded CA certificates, terminated by NULL;
* PEM encoded if MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C is enabled, DER encoded
* otherwise. */
extern const char *mbedtls_test_cas[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cas_len[];
/* List of all DER-encoded CA certificates, terminated by NULL */
extern const unsigned char *mbedtls_test_cas_der[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cas_der_len[];
#if defined(MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C)
/* Concatenation of all CA certificates in PEM format if available */
extern const char mbedtls_test_cas_pem[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cas_pem_len;
#endif /* MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C */
/*
* CA test certificates
*/
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_key_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_key_rsa_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_rsa_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha1_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha256_pem[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_ec_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_ca_key_ec_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_ca_key_rsa_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha1_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha256_der[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_rsa_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_rsa_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha1_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha256_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_rsa_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_rsa_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha1_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha256_der_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between PEM and DER encoding
* (PEM if enabled, otherwise DER) */
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_key_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_key_rsa[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_rsa[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha1[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha256[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_rsa_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_rsa_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha1_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_sha256_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between SHA-1 and SHA-256
* (SHA-256 if enabled, otherwise SHA-1) */
extern const char mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_rsa_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between EC and RSA
* (RSA if enabled, otherwise EC) */
extern const char *mbedtls_test_ca_crt;
extern const char *mbedtls_test_ca_key;
extern const char *mbedtls_test_ca_pwd;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_crt_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_key_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_ca_pwd_len;
/*
* Server test certificates
*/
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_key_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_key_rsa_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_rsa_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha1_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha256_pem[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_srv_key_ec_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_srv_key_rsa_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha1_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha256_der[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_rsa_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_rsa_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha1_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha256_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_rsa_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_rsa_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha1_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha256_der_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between PEM and DER encoding
* (PEM if enabled, otherwise DER) */
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_key_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_key_rsa[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_rsa[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha1[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha256[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_rsa_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_rsa_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha1_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_sha256_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between SHA-1 and SHA-256
* (SHA-256 if enabled, otherwise SHA-1) */
extern const char mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_rsa_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between EC and RSA
* (RSA if enabled, otherwise EC) */
extern const char *mbedtls_test_srv_crt;
extern const char *mbedtls_test_srv_key;
extern const char *mbedtls_test_srv_pwd;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_crt_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_key_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_srv_pwd_len;
/*
* Client test certificates
*/
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_crt_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_ec_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_key_rsa_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_rsa_pem[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_crt_rsa_pem[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_cli_crt_ec_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_cli_key_rsa_der[];
extern const unsigned char mbedtls_test_cli_crt_rsa_der[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_ec_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_rsa_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_rsa_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_rsa_pem_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_rsa_der_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_rsa_der_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between PEM and DER encoding
* (PEM if enabled, otherwise DER) */
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_crt_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_ec[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_key_rsa[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_rsa[];
extern const char mbedtls_test_cli_crt_rsa[];
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_ec_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_rsa_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_rsa_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_rsa_len;
/* Config-dependent dispatch between EC and RSA
* (RSA if enabled, otherwise EC) */
extern const char *mbedtls_test_cli_crt;
extern const char *mbedtls_test_cli_key;
extern const char *mbedtls_test_cli_pwd;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_crt_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_key_len;
extern const size_t mbedtls_test_cli_pwd_len;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* certs.h */

View File

@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file cipher_internal.h
*
* \brief Cipher wrappers.
*
* \author Adriaan de Jong <dejong@fox-it.com>
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_CIPHER_WRAP_H
#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_WRAP_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include "mbedtls/cipher.h"
#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
#include "psa/crypto.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* Base cipher information. The non-mode specific functions and values.
*/
struct mbedtls_cipher_base_t {
/** Base Cipher type (e.g. MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES) */
mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher;
/** Encrypt using ECB */
int (*ecb_func)(void *ctx, mbedtls_operation_t mode,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output);
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
/** Encrypt using CBC */
int (*cbc_func)(void *ctx, mbedtls_operation_t mode, size_t length,
unsigned char *iv, const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output);
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
/** Encrypt using CFB (Full length) */
int (*cfb_func)(void *ctx, mbedtls_operation_t mode, size_t length, size_t *iv_off,
unsigned char *iv, const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output);
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB)
/** Encrypt using OFB (Full length) */
int (*ofb_func)(void *ctx, size_t length, size_t *iv_off,
unsigned char *iv,
const unsigned char *input,
unsigned char *output);
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
/** Encrypt using CTR */
int (*ctr_func)(void *ctx, size_t length, size_t *nc_off,
unsigned char *nonce_counter, unsigned char *stream_block,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output);
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
/** Encrypt or decrypt using XTS. */
int (*xts_func)(void *ctx, mbedtls_operation_t mode, size_t length,
const unsigned char data_unit[16],
const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output);
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_STREAM)
/** Encrypt using STREAM */
int (*stream_func)(void *ctx, size_t length,
const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output);
#endif
/** Set key for encryption purposes */
int (*setkey_enc_func)(void *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int key_bitlen);
/** Set key for decryption purposes */
int (*setkey_dec_func)(void *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
unsigned int key_bitlen);
/** Allocate a new context */
void * (*ctx_alloc_func)(void);
/** Free the given context */
void (*ctx_free_func)(void *ctx);
};
typedef struct {
mbedtls_cipher_type_t type;
const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info;
} mbedtls_cipher_definition_t;
#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
typedef enum {
MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PSA_KEY_UNSET = 0,
MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PSA_KEY_OWNED, /* Used for PSA-based cipher contexts which */
/* use raw key material internally imported */
/* as a volatile key, and which hence need */
/* to destroy that key when the context is */
/* freed. */
MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PSA_KEY_NOT_OWNED, /* Used for PSA-based cipher contexts */
/* which use a key provided by the */
/* user, and which hence will not be */
/* destroyed when the context is freed. */
} mbedtls_cipher_psa_key_ownership;
typedef struct {
psa_algorithm_t alg;
psa_key_id_t slot;
mbedtls_cipher_psa_key_ownership slot_state;
} mbedtls_cipher_context_psa;
#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
extern const mbedtls_cipher_definition_t mbedtls_cipher_definitions[];
extern int mbedtls_cipher_supported[];
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_WRAP_H */

View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,291 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file ecp_internal.h
*
* \brief Function declarations for alternative implementation of elliptic curve
* point arithmetic.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
/*
* References:
*
* [1] BERNSTEIN, Daniel J. Curve25519: new Diffie-Hellman speed records.
* <http://cr.yp.to/ecdh/curve25519-20060209.pdf>
*
* [2] CORON, Jean-S'ebastien. Resistance against differential power analysis
* for elliptic curve cryptosystems. In : Cryptographic Hardware and
* Embedded Systems. Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 1999. p. 292-302.
* <http://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/3-540-48059-5_25>
*
* [3] HEDABOU, Mustapha, PINEL, Pierre, et B'EN'ETEAU, Lucien. A comb method to
* render ECC resistant against Side Channel Attacks. IACR Cryptology
* ePrint Archive, 2004, vol. 2004, p. 342.
* <http://eprint.iacr.org/2004/342.pdf>
*
* [4] Certicom Research. SEC 2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters.
* <http://www.secg.org/sec2-v2.pdf>
*
* [5] HANKERSON, Darrel, MENEZES, Alfred J., VANSTONE, Scott. Guide to Elliptic
* Curve Cryptography.
*
* [6] Digital Signature Standard (DSS), FIPS 186-4.
* <http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.186-4.pdf>
*
* [7] Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC) Cipher Suites for Transport Layer
* Security (TLS), RFC 4492.
* <https://tools.ietf.org/search/rfc4492>
*
* [8] <http://www.hyperelliptic.org/EFD/g1p/auto-shortw-jacobian.html>
*
* [9] COHEN, Henri. A Course in Computational Algebraic Number Theory.
* Springer Science & Business Media, 1 Aug 2000
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_H
#define MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT)
/**
* \brief Indicate if the Elliptic Curve Point module extension can
* handle the group.
*
* \param grp The pointer to the elliptic curve group that will be the
* basis of the cryptographic computations.
*
* \return Non-zero if successful.
*/
unsigned char mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp);
/**
* \brief Initialise the Elliptic Curve Point module extension.
*
* If mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable returns true for a
* group, this function has to be able to initialise the
* module for it.
*
* This module can be a driver to a crypto hardware
* accelerator, for which this could be an initialise function.
*
* \param grp The pointer to the group the module needs to be
* initialised for.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
*/
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_init(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp);
/**
* \brief Frees and deallocates the Elliptic Curve Point module
* extension.
*
* \param grp The pointer to the group the module was initialised for.
*/
void mbedtls_internal_ecp_free(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp);
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS_ENABLED)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_JAC_ALT)
/**
* \brief Randomize jacobian coordinates:
* (X, Y, Z) -> (l^2 X, l^3 Y, l Z) for random l.
*
* \param grp Pointer to the group representing the curve.
*
* \param pt The point on the curve to be randomised, given with Jacobian
* coordinates.
*
* \param f_rng A function pointer to the random number generator.
*
* \param p_rng A pointer to the random number generator state.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
*/
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_randomize_jac(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *pt, int (*f_rng)(void *,
unsigned char *,
size_t),
void *p_rng);
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ADD_MIXED_ALT)
/**
* \brief Addition: R = P + Q, mixed affine-Jacobian coordinates.
*
* The coordinates of Q must be normalized (= affine),
* but those of P don't need to. R is not normalized.
*
* This function is used only as a subrutine of
* ecp_mul_comb().
*
* Special cases: (1) P or Q is zero, (2) R is zero,
* (3) P == Q.
* None of these cases can happen as intermediate step in
* ecp_mul_comb():
* - at each step, P, Q and R are multiples of the base
* point, the factor being less than its order, so none of
* them is zero;
* - Q is an odd multiple of the base point, P an even
* multiple, due to the choice of precomputed points in the
* modified comb method.
* So branches for these cases do not leak secret information.
*
* We accept Q->Z being unset (saving memory in tables) as
* meaning 1.
*
* Cost in field operations if done by [5] 3.22:
* 1A := 8M + 3S
*
* \param grp Pointer to the group representing the curve.
*
* \param R Pointer to a point structure to hold the result.
*
* \param P Pointer to the first summand, given with Jacobian
* coordinates
*
* \param Q Pointer to the second summand, given with affine
* coordinates.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
*/
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_add_mixed(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *R, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q);
#endif
/**
* \brief Point doubling R = 2 P, Jacobian coordinates.
*
* Cost: 1D := 3M + 4S (A == 0)
* 4M + 4S (A == -3)
* 3M + 6S + 1a otherwise
* when the implementation is based on the "dbl-1998-cmo-2"
* doubling formulas in [8] and standard optimizations are
* applied when curve parameter A is one of { 0, -3 }.
*
* \param grp Pointer to the group representing the curve.
*
* \param R Pointer to a point structure to hold the result.
*
* \param P Pointer to the point that has to be doubled, given with
* Jacobian coordinates.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
*/
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_JAC_ALT)
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_double_jac(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *R, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P);
#endif
/**
* \brief Normalize jacobian coordinates of an array of (pointers to)
* points.
*
* Using Montgomery's trick to perform only one inversion mod P
* the cost is:
* 1N(t) := 1I + (6t - 3)M + 1S
* (See for example Algorithm 10.3.4. in [9])
*
* This function is used only as a subrutine of
* ecp_mul_comb().
*
* Warning: fails (returning an error) if one of the points is
* zero!
* This should never happen, see choice of w in ecp_mul_comb().
*
* \param grp Pointer to the group representing the curve.
*
* \param T Array of pointers to the points to normalise.
*
* \param t_len Number of elements in the array.
*
* \return 0 if successful,
* an error if one of the points is zero.
*/
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_MANY_ALT)
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_normalize_jac_many(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *T[], size_t t_len);
#endif
/**
* \brief Normalize jacobian coordinates so that Z == 0 || Z == 1.
*
* Cost in field operations if done by [5] 3.2.1:
* 1N := 1I + 3M + 1S
*
* \param grp Pointer to the group representing the curve.
*
* \param pt pointer to the point to be normalised. This is an
* input/output parameter.
*
* \return 0 if successful.
*/
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_JAC_ALT)
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_normalize_jac(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *pt);
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_SHORT_WEIERSTRASS_ENABLED */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_MONTGOMERY_ENABLED)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_DOUBLE_ADD_MXZ_ALT)
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_double_add_mxz(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *R,
mbedtls_ecp_point *S,
const mbedtls_ecp_point *P,
const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q,
const mbedtls_mpi *d);
#endif
/**
* \brief Randomize projective x/z coordinates:
* (X, Z) -> (l X, l Z) for random l
*
* \param grp pointer to the group representing the curve
*
* \param P the point on the curve to be randomised given with
* projective coordinates. This is an input/output parameter.
*
* \param f_rng a function pointer to the random number generator
*
* \param p_rng a pointer to the random number generator state
*
* \return 0 if successful
*/
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RANDOMIZE_MXZ_ALT)
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_randomize_mxz(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *P, int (*f_rng)(void *,
unsigned char *,
size_t),
void *p_rng);
#endif
/**
* \brief Normalize Montgomery x/z coordinates: X = X/Z, Z = 1.
*
* \param grp pointer to the group representing the curve
*
* \param P pointer to the point to be normalised. This is an
* input/output parameter.
*
* \return 0 if successful
*/
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_NORMALIZE_MXZ_ALT)
int mbedtls_internal_ecp_normalize_mxz(const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp,
mbedtls_ecp_point *P);
#endif
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_MONTGOMERY_ENABLED */
#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT */
#endif /* ecp_internal.h */

View File

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file entropy_poll.h
*
* \brief Platform-specific and custom entropy polling functions
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_POLL_H
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_POLL_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* Default thresholds for built-in sources, in bytes
*/
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MIN_PLATFORM 32 /**< Minimum for platform source */
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MIN_HAVEGE 32 /**< Minimum for HAVEGE */
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MIN_HARDCLOCK 4 /**< Minimum for mbedtls_timing_hardclock() */
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MIN_HARDWARE)
#define MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_MIN_HARDWARE 32 /**< Minimum for the hardware source */
#endif
/**
* \brief Entropy poll callback that provides 0 entropy.
*/
#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_NULL_ENTROPY)
int mbedtls_null_entropy_poll(void *data,
unsigned char *output, size_t len, size_t *olen);
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_NO_PLATFORM_ENTROPY)
/**
* \brief Platform-specific entropy poll callback
*/
int mbedtls_platform_entropy_poll(void *data,
unsigned char *output, size_t len, size_t *olen);
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_C)
/**
* \brief HAVEGE based entropy poll callback
*
* Requires an HAVEGE state as its data pointer.
*/
int mbedtls_havege_poll(void *data,
unsigned char *output, size_t len, size_t *olen);
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_TIMING_C)
/**
* \brief mbedtls_timing_hardclock-based entropy poll callback
*/
int mbedtls_hardclock_poll(void *data,
unsigned char *output, size_t len, size_t *olen);
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT)
/**
* \brief Entropy poll callback for a hardware source
*
* \warning This is not provided by Mbed TLS!
* See \c MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_HARDWARE_ALT in config.h.
*
* \note This must accept NULL as its first argument.
*/
int mbedtls_hardware_poll(void *data,
unsigned char *output, size_t len, size_t *olen);
#endif
#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED)
/**
* \brief Entropy poll callback for a non-volatile seed file
*
* \note This must accept NULL as its first argument.
*/
int mbedtls_nv_seed_poll(void *data,
unsigned char *output, size_t len, size_t *olen);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* entropy_poll.h */

View File

@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file havege.h
*
* \brief HAVEGE: HArdware Volatile Entropy Gathering and Expansion
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_H
#define MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#define MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_COLLECT_SIZE 1024
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief HAVEGE state structure
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_havege_state {
uint32_t PT1, PT2, offset[2];
uint32_t pool[MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_COLLECT_SIZE];
uint32_t WALK[8192];
}
mbedtls_havege_state;
/**
* \brief HAVEGE initialization
*
* \param hs HAVEGE state to be initialized
*/
void mbedtls_havege_init(mbedtls_havege_state *hs);
/**
* \brief Clear HAVEGE state
*
* \param hs HAVEGE state to be cleared
*/
void mbedtls_havege_free(mbedtls_havege_state *hs);
/**
* \brief HAVEGE rand function
*
* \param p_rng A HAVEGE state
* \param output Buffer to fill
* \param len Length of buffer
*
* \return 0
*/
int mbedtls_havege_random(void *p_rng, unsigned char *output, size_t len);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* havege.h */

View File

@@ -1,292 +0,0 @@
/**
* \file md2.h
*
* \brief MD2 message digest algorithm (hash function)
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes a
* security risk. We recommend considering stronger message digests
* instead.
*/
/*
* Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
* SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 OR GPL-2.0-or-later
*
*/
#ifndef MBEDTLS_MD2_H
#define MBEDTLS_MD2_H
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE)
#include "mbedtls/config.h"
#else
#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
/* MBEDTLS_ERR_MD2_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */
/** MD2 hardware accelerator failed */
#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD2_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x002B
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_MD2_ALT)
// Regular implementation
//
/**
* \brief MD2 context structure
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
typedef struct mbedtls_md2_context {
unsigned char cksum[16]; /*!< checksum of the data block */
unsigned char state[48]; /*!< intermediate digest state */
unsigned char buffer[16]; /*!< data block being processed */
size_t left; /*!< amount of data in buffer */
}
mbedtls_md2_context;
#else /* MBEDTLS_MD2_ALT */
#include "md2_alt.h"
#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD2_ALT */
/**
* \brief Initialize MD2 context
*
* \param ctx MD2 context to be initialized
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
void mbedtls_md2_init(mbedtls_md2_context *ctx);
/**
* \brief Clear MD2 context
*
* \param ctx MD2 context to be cleared
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
void mbedtls_md2_free(mbedtls_md2_context *ctx);
/**
* \brief Clone (the state of) an MD2 context
*
* \param dst The destination context
* \param src The context to be cloned
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
void mbedtls_md2_clone(mbedtls_md2_context *dst,
const mbedtls_md2_context *src);
/**
* \brief MD2 context setup
*
* \param ctx context to be initialized
*
* \return 0 if successful
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
int mbedtls_md2_starts_ret(mbedtls_md2_context *ctx);
/**
* \brief MD2 process buffer
*
* \param ctx MD2 context
* \param input buffer holding the data
* \param ilen length of the input data
*
* \return 0 if successful
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
int mbedtls_md2_update_ret(mbedtls_md2_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *input,
size_t ilen);
/**
* \brief MD2 final digest
*
* \param ctx MD2 context
* \param output MD2 checksum result
*
* \return 0 if successful
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
int mbedtls_md2_finish_ret(mbedtls_md2_context *ctx,
unsigned char output[16]);
/**
* \brief MD2 process data block (internal use only)
*
* \param ctx MD2 context
*
* \return 0 if successful
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
int mbedtls_internal_md2_process(mbedtls_md2_context *ctx);
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
#endif
/**
* \brief MD2 context setup
*
* \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_md2_starts_ret() in 2.7.0
*
* \param ctx context to be initialized
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_md2_starts(mbedtls_md2_context *ctx);
/**
* \brief MD2 process buffer
*
* \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_md2_update_ret() in 2.7.0
*
* \param ctx MD2 context
* \param input buffer holding the data
* \param ilen length of the input data
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_md2_update(mbedtls_md2_context *ctx,
const unsigned char *input,
size_t ilen);
/**
* \brief MD2 final digest
*
* \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_md2_finish_ret() in 2.7.0
*
* \param ctx MD2 context
* \param output MD2 checksum result
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_md2_finish(mbedtls_md2_context *ctx,
unsigned char output[16]);
/**
* \brief MD2 process data block (internal use only)
*
* \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_internal_md2_process() in 2.7.0
*
* \param ctx MD2 context
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_md2_process(mbedtls_md2_context *ctx);
#undef MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
/**
* \brief Output = MD2( input buffer )
*
* \param input buffer holding the data
* \param ilen length of the input data
* \param output MD2 checksum result
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
int mbedtls_md2_ret(const unsigned char *input,
size_t ilen,
unsigned char output[16]);
#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
#else
#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
#endif
/**
* \brief Output = MD2( input buffer )
*
* \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_md2_ret() in 2.7.0
*
* \param input buffer holding the data
* \param ilen length of the input data
* \param output MD2 checksum result
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_md2(const unsigned char *input,
size_t ilen,
unsigned char output[16]);
#undef MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
/**
* \brief Checkup routine
*
* \return 0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
*
* \warning MD2 is considered a weak message digest and its use
* constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
* stronger message digests instead.
*
*/
int mbedtls_md2_self_test(int verbose);
#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* mbedtls_md2.h */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More